Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Richmond City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 4

Site Design

Sec. 4.1.101 Lots
  • Generally.
    1. New lots shall be dimensioned according to the requirements of Section 3.1.102, Residential Lot and Yard Standards. The size, shape, and orientation of lots shall be appropriate to the district in which they are located, the location of the parcel proposed for development, and to the type of development contemplated. The lots shall provide an adequate buildable area for the development that is contemplated.
    2. Lots are required to be platted unless specifically exempted by this UDC or the Texas Local Government Code. Lots shall be of appropriate size and arrangement to provide for adequate off-street parking, loading facilities, landscaping, and other required site improvements or open space/bufferyard areas. No lot shall be created for any nonresidential use that has an area, width, or depth that is less than required to accommodate the use and all site requirements under this UDC.
    3. The subdividing of land shall be such as to provide, by means of a public or private street, each lot with satisfactory access to a public or private street according to Subsection C., below.
  • Shape. Side lot lines shall be approximately at right angles to the centerlines of abutting streets. Alternative configurations may be approved in order to accomplish a public purpose, such as the preservation of natural resources.
  • Access and Frontage.
    1. Frontage Width. The width of required frontage shall not be less than the required lot width.
    2. Residential Lots (except mixed-use and multi-family).
      1. Generally, new single-family detached and single-family attached dwellings shall front only on minor residential streets. Alternatively, such lots may front on common open spaces, provided that vehicular access is taken from an alley that serves not more than 12 dwelling units. Through lots shall take access from the side from which the address is assigned, which shall not be collector or arterial streets.
      2. Manufactured home lots may front only on minor residential streets or private streets within a manufactured home park or subdivision.
    3. Nonresidential, Mixed-Use, and Multi-Family Lots. Nonresidential, mixed-use, and multi-family lots that take access from collector or arterial streets shall provide adequate on-site maneuvering areas for automobile turnaround.
  • Double Frontage and Reverse Frontage Lots. Double frontage and reverse frontage lots shall be avoided except where essential to provide separation of residential development from traffic arteries or to overcome specific disadvantages of topography and orientation. Access easements are not permitted.
  • Corner Lots.  Corner lots for residential use shall have extra width of 10 feet to permit appropriate building setback and orientation to both streets. When corner lots side upon an arterial or collector street, no driveway or garage entrance shall enter on upon the street.
  • Orientation to T-Intersections. The building envelope of lots at the terminal end of a T-intersection shall be offset a minimum distance of 25 feet from the centerline of the terminated street in order to mitigate the impacts of oncoming traffic on the use and enjoyment of the lots.
  • Areas of Special Flood Hazard. Residential lots that are intended for conveyance into private ownership shall be platted outside the Regulatory Floodway.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.102 Blocks
  • Generally. The length, width, and shape of blocks shall be determined with regard to the following:
    1. Provision of an adequate building site suitable to the special needs of the type of use contemplated;
    2. Requirements as to lot sizes and dimensions as set out in Article 3.1, Residential and Nonresidential Development Standards;
    3. Needs for convenient access, circulation, control, and safety of street traffic;
    4. Limitations and opportunities of topography; and
    5. Needs for the provision of mobility and accessibility for people who use alternative modes of transportation.
  • Dimensions. Blocks shall be dimensioned according to the following standards:
    1. Blocks that are used to provide access to single-family detached and/or single-family attached dwellings shall be of sufficient width to allow two tiers of lots with appropriate lot depths (according to the lot widths and areas applied), unless such arrangement is not feasible and acceptance is authorized by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
    2. Generally, intersecting streets determining the lengths and widths of the blocks shall be provided at such intervals as to serve cross-traffic adequately and to meet existing streets or customary subdivision practices.
      1. Block Length.
        1. Minimum Block Length. Block length shall be a minimum of 500 feet; however, this standard may be varied in cases where physical barriers or property ownership creates conditions where it is appropriate that these standards be varied having due regard for connecting streets, circulation of traffic and public safety.
        2. Maximum Block Length. Block length shall be a maximum of 1,200 feet, except where no existing subdivision controls, the block length may increase to 1,400 feet.
      2. Mid-Block Crossing . Blocks 1,200 feet or longer in length may provide a mid-block pedestrian access easement to provide access to abutting blocks. If a mid-block pedestrian easement is required or added, they shall be constructed by the developer.
    3. Blocks for nonresidential or mixed-use shall be of a width suitable for the intended use, with due allowance for off-street parking and loading facilities and other site improvements, including landscape, bufferyard, and open space areas required by this UDC.
    4. When possible, the block width or depth shall allow two tiers of lots, back-to-back, except when prevented by the size of the property or the need to back on an identified thoroughfare. When adjacent to a thoroughfare, the subdivider may not double front lots.
  • Relationship to Existing Arterial and Collector Streets. Residential blocks shall be designed so that lots are not oriented for access from arterial or collector streets. Marginal access streets may be approved if necessary for the efficient layout of lots on a parcel proposed for development, provided that bufferyards are provided between the marginal access street and the abutting arterial or collector street as follows:
    1. Collector streets: Type A bufferyard; and
    2. Arterial streets: Type B bufferyard (see also Section 4.4.301, Buffering).
  • Numbering. Blocks shall be numbered consecutively within the overall plat and shall be consistent with adjacent plats.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.103 Access and Easements
  • Generally. During the development approval process, the City may require a variety of easements on private property or lots. These easements may be for any of the following, or other approved, purposes:
    1. Natural resource or open space conservation;
    2. Pedestrian access;
    3. Solid waste removal;
    4. Police protection and other emergency services;
    5. Fire protection or hazard mitigation;
    6. Access to public utilities or drainage areas;
    7. Utilities; and
    8. Drainage and low impact development applications.
  • Aerial Easements. Aerial easements shall be provided where needed.
  • Utility Easements. Easements across lots or centered on rear and side lot lines shall be provided for utilities where necessary and shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide for two utility services (e.g., electric, gas, telephone, etc.) or 14 feet to 20 feet for two or more utility services. Consideration for size and alignment of utility easements shall be determined by the City Engineer.
  • Water and Wastewater Easements. Easements required for water and wastewater shall be 10 feet in width in the right-of-way of the front property line or as otherwise specified by the City Engineer.
  • Drainage and Stormwater Easements. Where a subdivision is traversed by a watercourse (or drainage way, or bayou channel), there shall be provided a stormwater or drainage easement conforming substantially with lines of such watercourse, and such further width or construction, or both, as will be adequate for the purpose and approval by the City Engineer and Fort Bend County Drainage District, as applicable.
  • Fire Protection Easements. Rear fire protection access easements, where necessary to provide adequate protection for the structure, shall be improved as appropriate for fire protection equipment, at a minimum width of 20 feet, with appropriate turning radii for the City’s fire protection equipment as determined by the Fire Department.
  • Pedestrian Access Easements. Pedestrian access easements may be required in accordance with Article 4.5, Streets, Sidewalks, and Alleys.
  • Encroachments and Removal of Encroachments. No permanent encroachments or structures and no overhanging limbs, shrubbery, or vegetation of any kind shall be allowed to be located within the area of any easement required by this Section. While the City or utility provider benefiting from the easement will make efforts to minimize disturbances, both shall have the right to remove any encroachment, structure, fence, landscaping, or other improvements placed upon or over such easement. The City and/or utility provider shall not be obligated to restore or replace any such encroachment but shall restore any disturbed ground surfaces with seeding. The City may assess the cost of removing an unauthorized improvement from an easement against the landowner, including the placing of a lien on the property.
  • Maintenance of Easements. The responsibility for the regular maintenance of the ground surface in any easement shall rest with the owner of the property within which the easement exists.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.104 Open Spaces
  • Generally. This Section is designed to achieve the open space requirements of bufferyards, resource protection, recreation, stormwater management, and preservation of community character.
  • Principles.
    1. Integrated Design. Generally, open spaces shall be integrated into the development design to bring significant open space to the maximum number of properties, as well as visibility from public rights-of-way within the parcel proposed for development. Visual or physical access to open spaces may be limited if such limitations would materially enhance natural resource management.
    2. Trails and Drainage Corridors/Waterbodies/Watercourses. Open space shall be designed to provide trails along drainage corridors, waterbodies, and watercourses. The landscaping along drainage corridors, waterbodies, watercourses shall be designed to enhance the filtering of surface and subsurface water flows. Trails shall provide access along the drainage corridor or watercourse for the residents of the proposed development.
    3. Other Open Spaces. Formal open spaces shall be designed to provide areas of focus within the development. Landscaping, furniture, and other amenities for pedestrians shall be installed to enhance this effect.
  • Design. The proposed subdivision plat or site plan shall be designed to allocate required open space and/or landscape areas according to the following priorities.​
    1. Buffers. Provide appropriate buffers between areas of different uses in accordance with the provisions set out in Section 4.4.301, Buffering.
    2. Tree Protection. Provide for the protection of protected trees in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4.203, Tree Preservation.
    3. Recreation and Public Gathering Spaces.
      1. Residential Districts. In residential districts, use required open space areas to provide active and passive recreation opportunities.
      2. Mixed-Use Districts. In mixed-use districts (i.e., the Downtown district), use required open space areas to provide for public gathering spaces such as landscape plazas (i.e., visible and accessible from the street), and landscaped courtyards or atriums (i.e., visible and accessible to building occupants).
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.105 Streets
  • Generally. This Section sets out the general subdivision and land planning considerations for the layout and alignment of streets. The design objectives, criteria, and dimensional requirements for streets, cul-de-sacs, or alleys are provided in Article 4.5, Streets, Sidewalks, and Trails.
  • Conformity to the Plan. The general location, alignment, and functional classification of all streets shall conform to the thoroughfare plan, as amended from time to time.
  • Alignment of Subdivision Streets with Existing Streets. Streets shall be configured as required by Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards.
  • Alignment of Local Streets with Arterials and Collectors. Generally, minor residential streets shall either:
    1. Intersect as near as possible at 90 degrees at intersections with arterial or collector streets; or
    2. Be loop roads, reverse frontage roads, or cul-de-sacs (which are limited by Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards). See Figure 4.1.105, Minor Residential Street Orientation.
  • Figure 4.1.105
    Minor Residential Street Orientation
    Illustrative Minor Residential Street Orientation
    1. Width of Public Ways. The minimum width of public street right-of-ways in subdivisions shall be established according to the functional classifications of each street, pursuant to Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards.
    2. Grades and Curves of Public Ways. The City Engineer shall promulgate the requirements for grades of public and private streets.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.106 Utilities
  • Generally.
    1. All developments shall make provision for water, sewer, stormwater, electric, telephone, and cable service, and may make provision for fiber-to-the-home and other public and/or private utilities available to City residents.
    2. All drainage and utilities shall be efficiently and unobtrusively integrated into the design and shall avoid off-site impacts.
  • Capacity. Where a parcel proposed for development is part of a larger tract of land, the City shall require the capacity of facilities to be adequate to serve the entire tract to the extent that the capacity is matched to that of the lines that are extended to the parcel proposed for development. Where the parcel proposed for development is part of a larger utility service area, the City may require the capacity of the appropriate facilities to be adequate to serve the remainder of the service area.
  • Potable Water Line Loops. Potable water lines shall be looped.
  • Interceptors. Where an interceptor is to be extended through the area being developed, the landowner shall provide the necessary easements.
  • Common Use Easements. Wherever possible, the City shall require compatible utilities to share easements (s​ee Section 4.1.103, Access and Easements).
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.107 Master Preliminary Plat and Development Phasing
  • Generally. A parcel proposed for development may be developed in phases, which each phase separately platted. In such cases, the applicant shall submit a master preliminary plat with the first application for preliminary plat for development approval. The master preliminary plat shall show compliance with this UDC by showing:
    1. The general arrangements of streets, blocks, and utilities, and how they will connect to the streets shown on the first application for preliminary plat approval;
    2. The general location of drainage facilities;
    3. The general location of protected natural resources and open spaces; and
    4. The general location of proposed uses and housing types.
  • Consistency with Concept Plan. In considering each subsequent phase shown on a master preliminary plat, the Planning and Zoning Commission and/or City Commission may impose conditions that are necessary to assure the orderly development of the platted land. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, temporary alley and street extensions, temporary cul-de-sacs, and off-site utility extensions.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.108 Naming and Numbering
  • Generally. To facilitate way-finding and the provision of emergency response services, the name of a subdivision, other land development, and streets shall not be the same or substantially similar to the name of another subdivision, other land development, or the name of an existing street, which is located within the City or its extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ).
  • Residential Subdivision and Nonresidential Complex Names.
    1. Naming. Residential subdivisions, other residential land development (e.g., multi-family apartment complexes or condominiums, etc.), and nonresidential complexes (e.g., office or industrial parks, etc.), shall not be duplicated or be confused with existing names. Names are subject to approval by the Code Official to eliminate duplicate names.
    2. Exception. Exceptions shall be made for a group of related, abutting subdivisions (or other land development) that are part of an overall plan of development which include common names according to a common theme (e.g., Grand Lakes, Grand Meadow, Grand Mission, Grand River, etc.), or given the same name followed by a phase number to identify each phase of the project.
  • Street Names.
    1. Naming. Proposed streets which are obviously in alignment with other existing and named streets, shall bear the assigned name of the existing streets. In no case shall the name of proposed streets duplicate or be phonetically similar to existing street name, irrespective of the use of suffix (e.g., Pecan Street versus Pecan Avenue) and/or prefix (e.g., West Austin Street versus East Austin Street) if the streets are not contiguous and separated by a thoroughfare that commonly separates the City into quadrants. All streets shall be appropriately named.
    2. Interagency Coordination. Street names will be submitted in writing to the 9-1-1 Coordinator of the Fort Bend County Sheriff's Office Emergency Operations and Communications, in Richmond, Texas, for additional review as it relates to the provision of dispatching emergency services.
  • Property Numbering. The Code Official shall provide appropriate "property numbers" for all lots as specified.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.109 Dedications and Improvements
  • Generally. All dedications of streets, easements, open spaces, recreation areas, or any other dedication shall be made on a form approved by the City. All dedicated areas shall be shown on the subdivision plat or site plan for the parcel(s) proposed for development where such approvals are required, unless the City determines that another form of dedication (e.g., a recorded easement) is more appropriate.
  • Easements. Easements for utilities and drainage shall be provided by the applicant as necessary to effectuate their purpose.
  • Streets.
    1. Streets Within the Proposed Development. Street dedication(s) shall include required dedications of rights-of-way as needed, or as required by the Thoroughfare Plan. Such dedications shall be made no later than the earliest of the following events:
      1. The submittal of a final plat for the first phase of development;
      2. The approval of a site plan; or
      3. The issuance of a permit for a new principal building or structure that has a value of at least 50 percent of the assessed value of the land described in the permit application.
    2. Existing Streets. Existing streets shall be evaluated based on the capacity and condition of the existing streets’ ability to support the nature of uses proposed. Where found deficient, the streets shall be constructed or reconstructed according to City standards based upon a traffic generation study or traffic impact analysis (if required as a result of the traffic generation study or traffic impact analysis), that extends to the nearest street capable of carrying the additional traffic generated by the proposed development. Right-of-way for such streets shall be dedicated to the City or other entity that controls the impacted street right-of-way.
  • Open Space Parcels. Land areas that are used to satisfy open space ratio requirements shall be shown as separate parcels on plats. The open space parcels shall be restricted to open space uses by plat restrictions or separately recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions (see also Section 4.1.110, Required Property Owners' Association and Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CCRs)).
  • Recreation and Other Public Use Areas. Consideration shall be given by the developer to the dedication or reservation of suitable sites for parks, playgrounds, and other areas for public use so as to conform to the recommendations of the Planning and Zoning Commission in the adopted Comprehensive Master Plan or other plan that focuses on parks and recreation areas in the City. Areas to be dedicated or reserved for parks, playgrounds, and other public use areas should be indicated on the preliminary plat in order that it may be determined when and in what manner such areas will be dedicated to, or acquired by the appropriate jurisdictional authority. In general, whenever the proposed subdivision contains 20 acres or includes more than 100 lots, consideration shall be given to the reservation or dedication of a suitable area for recreation purposes.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.110 Required Property Owners’ Association and Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CCRs)
  • Required Property Owner' Association.
    1. Required. Any subdivision or development for which compliance with the standards of this UDC or with conditions of approval requires a continuing obligation (e.g., to own and maintain common open space) shall be subject to a mandatory property owners' association and a recorded declaration of covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CCRs) that ensures such continuing compliance.
    2. Incorporation of Property Owners' Association. If required by this UDC, or required as a condition of approval, the applicant shall incorporate a property owners' association that will bear responsibility for ensuring continuing compliance with these regulations and conditions of approval.
  • Required Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CCRs).
    1. Required. Conditions and requirements of development approval that require ongoing efforts of tenants or successors in title shall be included in a declaration of CCRs for the property that shall be recorded in the public records in the chain of title for the property at the applicant's expense.
    2. Limited Waiver. Developments that are approved under unified ownership and control are not required to have CCRs, provided that a single property owner is responsible for the ongoing compliance of the parcel proposed for development with the requirements of this UDC and any conditions of approval. However, a development that is approved under unified ownership and control shall not be conveyed into multiple ownerships (e.g., individual buildings in an office park being sold to separate entities) until required CCRs are recorded.
    3. Timing. The applicant shall provide proposed CCRs to the City:
      1. Upon filing the application for plat approval; or
      2. If no plat approval is sought, before the issuance of any permit that directly authorizes development (development approvals that require CCRs shall be contingent upon approval of the CCR document).
    4. Plat Annotations. Where a plat is required, a note shall be added to the plat that all properties shall be made part of the property owners' associations and are required to comply with the CCRs.
  • Limited Review of Incorporation Documents and CCRs.
    1. Generally. The City shall approve only those CCRs that relate to the development approval, and its right of enforcement shall extend only to those matters and matters that substantially bear upon them. The City will not seek to intervene in purely private disputes about CCRs. The City Attorney shall review the incorporation documents and CCRs to ensure that the following provisions are included in a form that is acceptable to the City Attorney:
      1. All items that are required by this UDC or conditions of approval, which may include specific rights of enforcement being granted to the City;
      2. Membership in the property owners' association shall be mandatory for all owners of property in the subdivision or condominium;
      3. Dues are payable to the property owners' association at regular intervals;
      4. The property owners' association has lien rights with respect to unpaid dues;
      5. The property owners' association has a perpetual existence;
      6. The property owners' association has all responsibilities required by these regulations or conditions of approval (e.g., ownership and maintenance of common elements); and
      7. The property owners' association has the capacity to sue and be sued.
    2. Optional Elements. The CCRs may include any provisions considered desirable by the applicant with respect to the management and maintenance of the subdivision or condominium, provided that they do not undermine any of the following requirements:
      1. Required membership in, and payment of dues to, the property owners' association.
      2. Inclusion and enforcement of all of the provisions required by these regulations and any conditions of approval, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney;
      3. Clauses that provide for enforceability by the City of those CCRs that relate to this UDC or conditions of approval; and
      4. Applicable requirements of this UDC at the time of approval of the CCR document.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.111 Survey and Monumentation
  • Survey Required.
    1. Generally. The following shall be used for mapping natural resources or other features of subdivision plats, site plans, or other plan or plat as otherwise required by this Section. In general, boundaries shall be measured as follows:
      1. Measurements for the boundary are to be made horizontally, perpendicular from, or radial from any feature or point.
      2. Boundaries that are dependent on elevation shall be based upon on-site elevations and shall not be interpolated.
    2. Waterbodies and Watercourses.
      1. Floodplains. All development within the City, not part of a previously approved plan or plat, shall show the boundary of the floodplain and floodway, if such exist on the site. Such delineation shall be by a registered professional land surveyor.
      2. Streams. Streams (perennial, intermittent, mapped, and unmapped) with identifiable banks and beds shall have their boundaries set at the top of the bank.
      3. Wetlands. Wetlands shall be measured by the criteria of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
      4. Other Waterbodies/Watercourses. Initial identification of other waterbodies/watercourses not otherwise classified shall be made using the U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle maps or more accurate information, as available. Field survey verification to determine evidence and location of channelized flow is required for subdivision plats and site plans.
    3. Soils. If septic tanks are to be used, soils shall be delineated by on-site testing of the soils to determine soil boundaries.
    4. Topography. Topographic lines shall be at one-foot contour intervals unless such intervals are impractical due to essentially flat topography.
    5. Vegetation. Vegetation shall be measured by the canopy line for the determination of areas of woodlands or trees. Other vegetation types shall be measured from the middle of the vegetation transition.
  • Monumentation. Survey monuments shall be required.
    1. Monument Markers. All boundary corners, angle points, or points of curvature or tangency, including block corners, lot corners, street intersections, and all angle points and points of curvature in street lines must be monumented by a surveyor using sufficient, stable and reasonably permanent survey markers.
    2. Monument Size and Material. Describe each monument in such a way as to clearly define the size, type of material, and the nature of the monument (i.e., three-fourths-inch iron pipe, five-eights-inch iron rod, cotton spindle, mag nail, etc.).
    3. Standards. All monuments shall be set to the standard of the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveying Practices Act and the general rules of practices and procedures of the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveying and shall bear reference caps as indicated.
    4. Permanent Survey Markers. The establishment of reasonably permanent survey markers is a required improvement. Where final plat approval is granted prior to completion of all required improvements, the improvement agreement and any required security shall also apply to the establishmentof such permanent survey markers. Monuments which are distributed during the course of construction must be reset by a surveyor prior to issuance of a certificate of satisfactory completion of all required improvements.
    5. Bench Marking.
      1. Location. A bench mark monument or survey marker of a sufficient, stable, and reasonably permanent nature shall be found or placed within the boundaries of or within 300 feet of the boundaries of the subdivision for project elevation control.
      2. Identification. The placement of the bench mark with the location, description, and elevation of the bench mark shall be identified on the face of the plat.
      3. Reference. All project bench marks and all project elevations shall be referenced to the published National Geodetic Survey (NGS) datum adjustment of the current Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) for the property location. Equations may be used to translate other datum adjustments to the required adjustment.​
  • As-Builts. As-built plans, certified by a registered land surveyor, shall be submitted to the Code Official and reviewed by the City Engineer upon completion of subdivision infrastructure.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.201 Standard Residential Neighborhoods
  • Generally. As set out in Section 3.1.101, Residential Development, standard residential neighborhoods follow the traditional style of development, where most of the land is comprised of a single housing type with small amounts of common open space (see Figure 4.1.201, Illustrative Standard Residential Neighborhood, below).
  • Minimum Design. New standard residential neighborhoods or residential subdivisions shall meet the applicable requirements of Division 4.1.100, General Requirements for Development Design, and should be designed to be compatible with existing homes, businesses, and neighborhoods, and with the natural characteristics of the area, and the following.
    1. Housing Types. New standard residential neighborhoods are limited to single-family detached dwellings.
    2. Open Space. Open space is generally utilized for bufferyard, recreation, and drainage purposes.
      1. If a standard neighborhood exceeds 150 units, it shall be designed as multiple identifiable "neighborhoods" with distinct boundaries.
      2. Lots shall be configured so as to maximize the number of lots that are within 1,320 feet of useable open space (e.g., park, trail, etc.), as applicable.
  • Figure 4.1.201
    Illustrative Standard Residential Neighborhood
    Illustrative Standard Neighborhood
    1. Application and Process. All applications for standard residential development require the submittal and approval of a subdivision plat.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.202 Planned Residential Neighborhoods
  • Generally. As set out in Section 3.1.101, Residential Development, new planned residential neighborhoods offer more flexibility in site design by combining smaller and averaged lot sizes combined with multiple housing types in a planned community. These types of neighborhoods set aside more common open space, provide greater protections of natural resources, and have potential for higher densities than standard residential neighborhoods. New planned residential neighborhoods shall meet the applicable requirements of Division 4.1.100, General Requirements for Development Design, and the following:
  • Clustered Neighborhood. On parcels proposed for development where the developer chooses to provide only single-family detached housing on clustered lots, the following shall apply (see Figure 4.1.202A, Illustrative Planned Residential Clustered Neighborhood, below).
    1. Natural Resource Protection. The development must protect and preserve existing natural resources including wetlands, streams, floodplains, as required by Article 4.3, Environmental Quality and Resource Protection. The open spaces should be located so as to maximize protection of the natural resources, including mature tree stands, if present, and to provide continuous open space corridors and natural drainage areas.
    2. Stormwater Management. Storm water management facilities should be designed using low impact development best management practices so that these areas are amenities to the subdivision.
    3. Other Required Areas of Open Space. Other areas of open space shall be integrated into the development design so as to bring access to significant open space to the maximum number of properties; provided, however, that physical access may be limited if such limitation would material enhance natural resource management.
    4. Dwelling Units. Dwelling units on clustered lots shall be set back from the perimeter of the parcel at least the following distances:
      1. One to four lots: as required for individual lots;
      2. Five to 20 lots: 75 feet; or
      3. 21 or more lots: 100 feet.
    5. Lots. Lots shall, where appropriate, be adjacent to or in near proximity to the following:
      1. An amenity such as a park or greenway;
      2. An existing or restored resource such as a meadow, woodlands, floodplains, watercourse or waterbody.
  • Figure 4.1.202A
    Illustrative Planned Residential Clustered Neighborhood
    Illustrative Cluster Neighborhood
    1. Mixed-Housing Neighborhood. On parcels proposed for development where the developer chooses to provide more than one housing type (e.g., single-family detached and single-family attached housing) and areas of common open space are the organizing feature, the following shall apply (see Figure 4.1.202B, Illustrative Planned Residential Mixed-Housing Neighborhood, below).
      1. Natural Resource Protection. The development must protect and preserve existing natural resources including wetlands, streams, floodplains, as required by Article 4.3, Environmental Quality and Resource Protection. The open spaces should be located so as to maximize protection of the natural resources, including mature woodlands, if present, and to provide continuous open space corridors and natural drainage areas.
      2. Connectivity. Streets should continue to neighboring properties so as to provide a continuous street network so that traffic does not have to return to collector or arterial streets to move between residential areas. Cul-de-sacs should not be used that will reduce access to abutting properties unless there are physical barriers (e.g., floodways, Interstate, etc.) that make such connectivity impracticable.
      3. Access. Lots shall take access to an interior street, alley, parking court, or shared driveway. If a perimeter street is also a minor residential street, lots shall front on the perimeter street and may take access from it if the lots across the street also take access from the street.
      4. Compatibility with Abutting Housing. Where a planned neighborhood abuts, is adjacent to, or is located across a minor residential street from existing housing, the housing types that are nearest or across the street shall be comparable to the existing housing types in terms of the housing type, scale, and method of access.
      5. Separation of Housing Types.
        1. Single-Family Detached Housing. Where single-family detached housing abuts single-family attached dwelling units on the same parcel proposed for development, a Type A bufferyard shall be used to provide for enhanced compatibility between the single-family detached dwellings and other housing types.
        2. Single-Family Attached Housing. Different forms of single-family attached housing types (e.g., duplexes, triplexes, townhouses), should be integrated together (without a bufferyard), as opposed to located within separate, disconnected pods.
        3. Off-Site Residential Uses. New single-family attached dwellings shall be separated by a Type B bufferyard, or a district bufferyard, whichever is greater, from areas of single-family detached housing located in abutting off-site development.
    Figure 4.1.202B
    Illustrative Planned Residential Mixed-Housing Neighborhood
    Illustrative Planned Neighborhood
    1. Application and Process. All planned residential neighborhood applications require the submittal and approval of a land plan or concept plan (see Section 6.3.501, Land Plan or Concept Plan) in addition to the appropriate subdivision plats.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.203 Mixed-Use Planned Development
  • Generally. As set out in Section 3.1.201, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Development Standards, new mixed-use developments offer more flexibility in site design by allowing both residential and nonresidential uses to be combined into a single, integrated development. This could include both horizontal and vertical mixed-uses, (including multi-family uses). New mixed-use planned residential neighborhoods shall meet the applicable requirements of Division 4.1.100, General Requirements for Development Design, and the following:
  • Minimum Number of Housing Types. Mixed-use planned residential neighborhoods shall include a minimum of three housing types, as set out in Table 3.1.102A, Single-Family Detached Lot and Building Standards and Table 3.1.102B, Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family Lot and Building Standards. Not more than 40 percent of the dwelling units shall be single-family attached or multi-family housing types.
  • Development Standards.
    1. Uses. Only those uses allowed in the DNDT or MU district, respectively, are permitted in a mixed-use planned residential neighborhood.
    2. Lot Building Standards. Standards for maximum building height; lot area, width, pervious cover, and setbacks are set out as follows:
      1. Section 3.1.102, Residential Lot and Yard Standards per residential dwelling type for residential-only portions of the parcel proposed for development; or
      2. Section 3.1.201, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Development Standards for nonresidential and mixed-use portions of the parcel proposed for development.
    3. Mix of Uses. Mixed-use planned development shall be comprised of the following minimums (see Figure 4.1.203, Illustrative Mixed-Use Planned Development, below):
      1. Twenty-five percent residential;
      2. Twenty-five percent nonresidential; and
      3. Twenty-five percent vertical mixed-use.
    4. Residential.
      1. Mixed-use developments may also include attached residential dwellings as part of a mixed-use building where office or other nonresidential uses are located on the first floor and residential uses are located on the upper floors.
      2. Residential dwelling units shall be prohibited on the first floor of mixed-use buildings. Alternately, the City Commission may allow first floor residential uses in mixed-use buildings if they are designed to meet nonresidential building standards so that they may be converted to nonresidential uses in the future.
      3. The maximum residential gross density for multi-family or mixed-use buildings (mix of residential and nonresidential in the same structure) shall be based on the floor area ratio (FAR) set out in Table 3.1.201A, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Development Standards.
      4. The presence of a home occupation or home-business in conjunction with a residential use does not count towards the mixed-use or nonresidential minimum requirements set out in Subsection C.3., above; however, live-work units shall be counted as part of the nonresidential and/or mixed-use calculations specified in Subsection C.3., above.
    5. Pedestrian Circulation, Walkways, and Trails.
      1. A pedestrian circulation system shall be included in a mixed-use planned residential neighborhood in the DN and MU district, respectively, and should be designed to ensure that pedestrians can walk safely and easily throughout the development, without having to walk or utilize the street for travel. The pedestrian system should provide connections between properties and activities or special features within common areas and need not always be located along streets. If the pedestrian system intersects a public or private street within the development, “pedestrian crossing” signs shall be posted.
      2. A trail system may be provided in any areas of open space in conformance with the provisions set out in Section 4.3.101, Uses of Designated Open Space. The system should be designed to minimize disturbance of the site with regard to the natural drainage system and topography. To the maximum extent feasible, natural materials should be used in the construction and maintenance of the trail system.
      3. When the parcel proposed for development abuts a public trail, park, or recreation area, the development shall provide pedestrian access from the development to the public area by way of connecting walkway, trail, boardwalk, or bridge.
  • Application and Process.
    1. All applications for a mixed-use planned residential neighborhoods shall be for property that is under common ownership, or if under several ownerships, the application shall be filed jointly by all owners of the parcels proposed for development within the proposed mixed-use planned residential neighborhood boundaries.
    2. All planned residential neighborhood applications require the submittal and approval of a land plan or concept plan (see Section 6.3.501, Land Plan or Concept Plan) in addition to the appropriate subdivision plats.
  • Figure 4.1.203
    Illustrative Mixed-Use Planned Development
    Illustrative Mixed-Use Planned Residential Neighborhood

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.204 Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions
  • Generally.  New, additions to existing, and expansions of manufactured home parks and subdivisions shall be designed according to the standards of this Section, and individual manufactured homes are subject to the standards set out in Section 5.1.103, Manufactured Home Standards.
  • Minimum and Maximum Site Area.
    1. Minimum Area of Parcel Proposed for Development. The minimum area of a manufactured home park or subdivision is a contiguous development of land at least two acres.
    2. Maximum Extent of Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. The maximum extent of a manufactured home park or subdivision is eight manufactured homes per acre.
  • Site Design. Manufactured home parks and subdivisions shall meet the following site design standards:
    1. Lot Dimensions. Lot dimensions shall be as provided in Section 3.1.102, Lot and Yard Standards for New Residential Neighborhoods.
    2. Park or Subdivision Access and Circulation. All manufactured home lots shall abut upon a minor residential street, private street, or driveway and shall meet the following requirements:
      1. Driveways shall be at least 32 feet wide, back of curb, to back of curb.
      2. Interior driveways shall not include dead-end street unless a cul-de-sac is installed in accordance with Article 4.5, Streets, Sidewalks, and Trails.
      3. Minor residential street width shall be in accordance with Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards.
      4. Private streets shall be in accordance with Section4.5.104, Private Streets.
    3. Lot or Space Access. Each manufactured home lot or space shall have direct access to the interior driveway designed to permit movement of manufactured homes to and from each space. All streets and driveways shall be in accordance with the City's current Infrastructure Design Manual and any additional standards required by this UDC.
    4. Designation. A manufactured home park or subdivision shall clearly show the following:
      1. Each lot designated for recreational vehicles; and
      2. Each manufactured home shall have the correct address displayed on the street side of the manufactured home where it can be easily and clearly seen from the center of the street.
    5. Manufactured Home Access. All exits from the home shall be required to have an approved method of egress and be properly maintained at all times.
    6. Off-Street Parking. The number of off-street parking spaces per manufactured home lot shall be in conformance with Section 4.2.101, Required Parking Spaces.
    7. Lighting. Lighting shall be provided for interior streets and walkways and marked and lighted with street lights.
    8. Walks.
      1. All manufactured home parks and subdivisions shall be provided with safe, convenient, all-season pedestrian access of adequate width for intended use, durable and convenient to maintain. Sudden changes in alignment and gradient shall be avoided.
      2. A common walk system shall be provided and maintained between locations where pedestrian traffic is concentrated. Such common walks shall have a minimum width of five feet.
      3. All manufactured home lots shall be connected to common walks, or to streets and driveways, or to parking spaces. Such individual walks shall have a minimum width of four feet.
    9. Open Space. Each manufactured home park or subdivision shall have at least 300 square feet of open space for each manufactured home, of which at least 150 square feet is located on each manufactured home space.
    10. Required Bufferyard. All manufactured home parks or subdivisions shall provide a Type C bufferyard (Option 1) on all borders, including along all street frontage. Buffers which are located along the borders of existing residential lots shall include a six-foot tall opaque masonry fence or wall (see Division 4.4.300, Buffering). Buffering adjacent to a nonresidential use or district shall consist of a six-foot tall masonry, concrete, wrought iron, or tubular metal fence. The required fence or wall shall be set back a minimum threesix feet from the front property line and a minimum of three feet from all other property lines.
    11. Utilities. All units are served with sanitary sewer, potable water, and electrical power, which are installed underground. All electrical service equipment is mounted on the structure to which service is provided.
    12. Fire Protection.
      1. Open fires shall be allowed only in a manner and within a container approved by the Fire Chief.
      2. Each manufactured home lot or space shall be within 300 feet of a fire hydrant, except where NFPA Standard #501A allows a different spacing.
  • Site Plan. A site plan is required showing conformance with each of the site design criteria detailed in this Section, as well as other applicable requirements of this UDC which will be used for review and consideration by the applicable administrative body having jurisdiction.
  • Development Conditions.
    1. Shall be developed where soil conditions, ground water level, drainage, and topography do not constitute hazards to resident health or safety.
    2. The site shall not be developed in the Regulatory Floodway..
    3. The park or subdivision shall be located on a well-drained site, properly graded to insure rapid drainage and freedom from stagnant pools of water.
    4. It shall be the responsibility of the manufactured home owner to provide adequate tie-downs of the manufactured home. It shall be the responsibility of the manufactured home park or subdivision licensee or his/her agent to assure the lot shall not heave, shift, or settle unevenly, under the weight of the manufactured home due to inadequate design or drainage.
  • Requirements for the Design and Construction of Individual Lots or Spaces for the Installation of Manufactured Homes. The installation of manufactured housing shall comply with the standards and requirements as set out in the Federal Manufacturing Home Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFRPar 3280) (Part 3285 - Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards) and this Subsection.
  • Permit.
    1. It is unlawful for any person to construct, alter, or extend any manufactured home park or subdivision within the City without first obtaining a valid building permit issued by the Code Official.
    2. A permit will not be issued for construction or occupancy of a permanent dwelling in any manufactured home park or subdivision except that one existing residential structure may be retained or one new residential structure may be constructed for the occupancy of the owner/operator of the park or subdivision and an existing dwelling may be converted to a clubhouse, community center, or service building for use by the residents of the manufactured home park or subdivision.
  • Water Distribution System Maintenance. A water distribution system for a manufactured home park or subdivision shall include:
    1. Adequate, safe, and potable supply of water provided from the public supply system as approved by the City.
    2. Each manufactured home lot shall be provided with a separate water meter as approved by the City and a provision for the individual manufactured home to connect to the meter, at the meter during placement of the home.
    3. Water mains, if installed parallel to sewer lines, shall be separated by at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer, or sewer manhole, unless alternate methods of installation are approved.
  • Sewer Connections. Individual sewer connections for manufactured home parks and subdivisions shall include:
    1. Sewer lines and connection must comply with the City Water and Wastewater Code.
    2. Each manufactured home lot shall be provided with a four inch diameter sewer riser pipe. The sewer riser pipe shall be located within the area of the manufactured home lot, and approximately 40 feet from the front of such lot.
    3. All materials used for sewer connections shall be as prescribed and approved in the Plumbing Code and the City Wastewater Code.
    4. Provisions shall be made for securely sealing the sewer pipe when a manufactured home does not occupy the site. Surface drainage shall be diverted away from the riser. The rim of the riser pipe shall extend at least four inches above ground elevation.
    5. All sewer lines of the manufactured home park or subdivision must be connected to a public sewer.
  • Electrical Installations. All electrical installations and the connection of all manufactured home, manufactured home equipment, and accessory buildings in a manufactured home park or subdivisions shall comply with the applicable provisions of the City Electrical Code, City Fire Code, and the Electrical Transmission Utility.
    1. Each manufactured home lot shall be provided with a separate meter pole.
    2. The meter pole shall be installed such that it provides sufficient height for at least 12 feet of clearance for the electrical drops, be securely buried at least four feet deep, and have at least a five inch diameter top. Poles shall be of materials that adequately resists decay.
    3. The meter-can shall be permanently labeled with the correct address of the lot.
    4. The main electrical panel shall be properly sized to match the manufactured home currently in use or to be placed on the lot. If the power requirement of the manufactured home is not known, a main electrical panel shall be sized to be at least 200-amp. There shall be a single main disconnect on the meter pole.
    5. Electrical circuits supplying the accessory structure shall be independent of the circuit supplying the manufactured home.
  • Natural Gas. Natural gas shall be the required source of fuel for building services and appliances. The use of fuel oil, liquid propane, liquefied petroleum gas, butane, or other alternative fuels shall not be allowed for use to serve or supply building systems or appliances. This shall not apply to listed portable devices normally used on the exterior of buildings. The Building/Fire Official shall have the authority to approve such use in cases so deemed necessary.
    1. This shall not apply to listed portable devices normally used on the exterior of buildings or may be allowed in approved industrial applications. The Code Official shall have the authority to approve such use in cases so deemed necessary.
    2. Each manufactured home lot shall be provided with a gas supply riser for the utility meter.
    3. Gas equipment and installation within a manufactured home park or subdivision shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the City Plumbing and Fuel Gas Codes, the appropriate provisions of the City Fire Code, and the standards adopted by reference in those codes.
    4. A readily accessible and identified shutoff valve controlling the flow of the gas to the entire gas piping system shall be installed near to the point of connection to the service piping.
    5. Each manufactured home site shall have an approved gas shutoff valve installed upstream of the manufactured home site gas outlet and located on the outlet riser at a height of not less than four inches above grade. Such valve shall not be located under any manufactured home. Whenever the manufactured home site outlet is not in use, the outlet shall be equipped with an approved cap or plug to prevent accidental discharge of gas.
    6. Each manufactured home shall be connected to the manufactured home site outlet by an approved three-fourths inch manufactured home connector not more than six feet in length.
    7. All gas outlet risers, regulators, meters, valves, or other exposed equipment shall be protected from mechanical damage by vehicles or other causes.
    8. The manufactured home gas connection shall be installed at the edge of the manufactured home lot.
    9. The meter shall be permanently labeled with the correct address of the lot.
  • Expansion or Modification of Existing MHPs or Subdivisions.
    1. Re-review Required. Any enlargement (e.g., size of property or additional manufactured home lots or spaces, etc.) or modification of site layout of an existing manufactured home park or subdivision shall require a re-review and approval as if it were a new application.
    2. Existing Facilities Brought Into Conformance. No enlargement or extensions to any manufactured home park or subdivision shall be permitted unless the existing facility is made to conform with all the requirements for new construction in conformance with this Section.
  • Plat Notation. A note shall be added to the plat stating that only single-wide or double-wide manufactured homes are allowed, and that double-wide manufactured homes shall not be allowed on lots designed for single-wide manufactured homes.
  • Requirements for Manufactured Home Parks Only.
    1. Licenses for a Manufactured Home Park. It shall be unlawful for any person to maintain or operate within the City, any manufactured home park or subdivision unless such person holds a valid license issued annually by the City (see Section 6.3.312, Manufactured Home Park License).
    2. Solid Waste Collection in Manufactured Home Parks. Centralized solid waste collection, if applicable, shall be in accordance with the provisions set out in Section 5.2.106, Solid Waste and Recycling Collection.
    3. Recreation Uses in Manufactured Home Parks. Each manufactured home park shall have a minimum of one recreation area. When playground space is provided, it must be designed and protected from traffic, thoroughfares, and parking areas. The recreation use shall be improved for recreational use prior to the owner/operator starting operations.
    4. Rules, Regulations, and Maintenance Requirements for Manufactured Home Parks.
      1. Owner/Operator Responsibility. The manufactured home park office shall keep copies of all records pertaining to the management and supervision of the park, as well as all rules and regulations of the park, and such records, rules, and regulations shall be available for inspection by the Code Official whose duties necessitate acquisition of the information contained in this UDC. The owner/operator shall comply with the following:
        1. It shall be the duty of the owner, his/her agent, representative, or manager to prescribe rules and regulations for the management of the park.; to make adequate provisions for the enforcement of such rules; and to subscribe to any and all subsequent rules and regulations, which may be adopted for the management of such park. Copies of all such rules and regulations shall be furnished to the City Permit Office.
        2. In addition, thereto, it shall be the duty of the owner, his/her agent, representative, or manager to comply strictly with the following:
          1. Provide for regular inspection of all public and private utilities;
          2. Provide for all collection and removal of garbage and other waste material;
          3. Prohibit the placing or storage of unsightly material or vehicles of any kind;
          4. All sewer taps not in use shall be capped;
          5. Provide and maintain safe and sanitary public and private utility connections to each manufactured home lot;
          6. The manufactured home park owner shall provide contact information that is accessible at all times to each resident, for emergencies and repairs to the park;
          7. Maintain a neat, clean, sanitary, and safe park;
          8. Ensure that each manufactured home is so placed on the lot in such a manner that the full length of the frame can be firmly blocked to the concrete footings or concrete runners;
          9. Each manufactured home lot shall be assigned a number and this number shall be displayed on the street side of the manufactured home where is must be easily and clearly seen from the center of the street;
          10. Provide or demand that all manufactured homes have approved skirts within 30 days after being placed; and
          11. Ensure that the areas under a manufactured home are not used for storage.
      2. Licensee Responsibility.
        1. The licensee shall maintain or ensure that an agent maintains a register showing:
          1. The names of persons staying or residing in the park showing the manufactured home lot on which they are staying and residing;
          2. The serial number of each manufactured home;and
          3. The date each manufactured home and/or recreational vehicle is placed in the park and the date it is removed from the park.
        2. The registers shall be available inside the park for inspection at all reasonable times, and at any time in the case of an emergency, to persons designated. Registers shall be retained for three years;
        3. Shall provide adequate supervision to maintain  the park in compliance with this Section and to keep its facilities and equipment in good repair and in clean sanitary condition;
        4. The licensee shall notify or have an agent notify the community residents of all applicable provisions of this Subsection and inform them of their duties and responsibilities under this Section; and
        5. The licensee shall supervise or have an agent supervise the placement of each manufactured home on its lot, which includes securing its stability and installing all utility connections. Where permits are required, they shall refuse to allow connections that are in violation hereof or require permits.
      3. Resident Responsibility.
        1. The resident shall comply with all applicable requirements of this Subsection and shall maintain his/her manufactured home site, it's facilities, and equipment in good repair and in clean sanitary condition;
        2. The resident shall be responsible for proper placement of his/her manufactured home on its manufactured home lot and proper installation of all utility connections in accordance with the instruments of the management. The resident shall obtain all City licenses and permits where required;
        3. The installation of manufactured housing shall comply with the standards and requirements as set out in the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFR Part 3280) (Part 3285 - Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards);
        4. Maintain grounds and buildings in a manufactured home park;
        5. Grounds, buildings, structures, and storage areas shall be maintained free of accumulations of debris to prevent insect and rodent harborage and infestation, and the breeding places for flies mosquitoes, and other pests;
        6. Lumber, pipe, and other building materials shall be stored at least one foot above ground;
        7. Areas under a manufactured home shall not be used for storage of any kind;
        8. The growth of brush, weeds, and grass shall be controlled to prevent harborage of ticks, chiggers, and other noxious insects. Open areas shall be maintained free of heavy under-growth of any description; and
        9. No person shall keep, store, or allow any junk vehicle to remain on the premises of a manufactured home (see Title 7, Subtitle H, Chapter 683, Subchapter E, Junked Vehicles: Public Nuisance; Abatement, of the Texas Transportation Code).
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.1.205 Recreational Vehicle Parks
  • Generally. New, additions to existing, and expansion of  recreational vehicle parks (RV parks) shall be designed according to the standards of this Section.
  • Purpose and Intent. The City Commission finds that RV parks can contribute to the City's long-term economic and social well-being if they are properly located, designed, and maintained to protect the health, safety, and general welfare of the RV park users, abutting properties, and the City as a whole.
  • Minimum and Maximum Site Area.
    1. Minimum Area of Parcel Proposed for Development. The minimum area of an RV park is two acres.
    2. Maximum Extent of RV Park. The maximum area of a RV park is 15 acres.
  • Site Plan. A site plan is required showing conformance with each of the site design criteria detailed in this Section (including all proposed on-site utilities, rights-of-way/easements and internal roadway configuration, storm drainage, RV space layout, building improvements, fencing, buffering, lighting and signage), as well as other applicable requirements of these regulations which will be used for review and consideration during the approval process.
  • License. It shall be unlawful for any person to permit, allow the placement, use or occupancy of a recreational vehicle on any property under the control of the owner/operator unless such placement, use or occupancy is specifically authorized by this Section and owner/operator has made application for a park license in accordance with Article VIII, License for a mobile home park, of Ord. No. 2011-10, Manufactured Home Ordinances, and paid the required fee as established by Resolution by the City of Richmond, City Commission. A license is valid for one year and must be renewed yearly from the date of issuance.
  • RV Parks Operational Requirements.
    1. Length of Stay. Recreational vehicles shall move from a RV parking pad every 90 days. Under certain circumstances the City Commission may grant a one-time 90-day extension for hardship under Section 6.3.410, Recreational Vehicle Hardship Permit.
    2. RV Park Owner. The RV Park owner shall maintain the RV Park in a clean and sanitary manner.
    3. RV Park Office. The RV Park office shall maintain a park register that contains the following information:a.    The RV owner and/or camper’s name and address. If the user is different than the RV owner, then the user’s name and address must be provided;b.    The date the RV and/or camper checked-in the RV Park and intended length of stay; andc.    The license and/or registration numbers of the RV, vehicle, and tow vehicle as applicable.
    4. RV Parking Pad Sites.
      1. No recreational vehicle shall be permanently affixed to the ground.
      2. Every RV, vehicle, and tow vehicle shall visibly display the check-in and check-out date on their vehicle on a document provided by the RV Park office. The document shall also display the vehicle owner’s name, vehicle license number, and pad site identification.
  • Expansion or Modification of Existing RV Parks.
    1. Re-review Required. Any enlargement (e.g., size of property or additional RV spaces, etc.) or modification of site layout of an existing RV park shall require a re-review and approval as if it were a new application.
    2. Existing Facilities Brought Into Conformance. No enlargement or extensions to any RV park shall be permitted unless the existing facility is made to conform with all the requirements for new construction in conformance with this Section.
  • Recreational Vehicles Outside of Recreational Vehicle Parks. The parking of recreational vehicles outside of RV parks is subject to the standards set out in Division 4.2.100, Parking and Loading.
  • Site Design. RV parks shall meet the following site design standards: 

    1. RV Spaces. Each RV space shall comply with the following:
      1. Minimum Space Area. A minimum of 1,250 square feet RV space in area (25 feet in width by 50 feet in length) is required consisting of:
        1. Permanent RV Parking Pads. Parking pads for RV's shall be no less than 12 feet in width by 36 feet in depth.
        2. All Parking Pads. All parking pads shall be constructed of concrete and each parking pad shall be separated by at least 20 feet from any other parking pad, property line, or building (excluding storage buildings).
        3. Non-RV Off-Street Parking Space. Each RV space shall have a minimum of two off-street parking space for a vehicle that is not the recreational vehicle.
        4. Remaining Area. The remaining area of the recreational vehicle space shall comply with Subsection I.2., Space Configuration, below.
      2. Space Configuration. At least 50 percent of the RV spaces shall be configured as pull-through spaces (see Figure 4.1.205, Illustrative Design of RV Pull-Through Spaces).
    2. Maximum Density. The maximum site density for RV parks shall be 10 spaces per acre, where only one recreational vehicle is permitted per recreational vehicle space (RV space).
    3. Location.
      1. The park shall be located and maintained on a well-drained site, properly graded for rapid drainage and freedom from stagnant pools of water, so that soil conditions, groundwater level, drainage and topography do not constitute hazards to the residents' health and safety.
      2. No valid or applicable deed restrictions or other land use restrictions prohibit the development or use of the site as a RV park.
      3. RV parks shall maintain a 1,320 foot separation from each other.
  • Figure 4.1.205
    Illustrative Design of RV Pull-Through Spaces
    Illustrative Configuration of RV Pull-Through Spaces
      1. Space Marker. A permanent space marker identifying the space number is required to be visible day and night, which shall be visible from the internal private roadway. Space markers in an RV Park shall be of one uniform design.
      2. Accessory Structures. Individual RV spaces are not allowed to have accessory structures (e.g., separate awnings, cabanas, carports, garages, porches, storage sheds, etc.), with the exception of factory installed recreational vehicle extensions (e.g., expandable spaces or awnings) and RV shade structures.
        1. Required setbacks for RV shade structures are set out in Section 5.2.102, Accessory Buildings and Structures.

        2. All RV shade structures shall be constructed to a height of 16 feet and not exceed beyond two feet from the depth and width required for a permanent RV parking pad.

        3. All RV shade structures shall have uniform exterior finish and roof material in an RV park.

        4. All RV shade structures shall be covered with fiber cement siding exterior finish material.

        5. Exterior finish colors of RV shade structures shall be neutral earth tones.

        6. All RV shade structures shall have an open gable roof. The following types of roofing material are permitted on a RV shade structure:

          1. Architectural shingles;

          2. Concrete tile;

          3. Slate;

          4. Architectural standing seam metal;

          5. Building integrated solar arrays (solar panels that double as roofing material);

          6. Asphalt shingles;

          7. Simulated slate shingles; and

          8. Green roof systems.

      1. RV Park Access and Circulation. All RV parks shall be designed with a minor residential street, private street, or driveway and shall meet the following requirements:
        1. The entrance of the internal private roadway shall be constructed of concrete for the first 50 feet and have a pavement width of 30 feet with a minimum 30 foot curb radius.
        2. The internal private roadway shall have at least one direct connection to a paved public street, with the internal driveway having a pavement width of 24 feet in accordance with City specifications, and shall be constructed of an improved hard surface.
        3. Minor residential street width shall be in accordance with Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards.
        4. Private streets shall be in accordance with Section 4.5.104, Private Streets.
        5. No dead-end streets are permitted unless a cul-de-sac is installed in accordance to City specifications for nonresidential cul-de-sacs or provides a minimum 300 foot radius.
      2. Lot Access. Each RV space shall have direct access to the interior private roadway and shall be constructed of an improved hard surface.
      3. Required Facilities. Each RV park shall install and maintain the following required facilities and all buildings, walkways, and other structures in the RV park shall meet the standards for accessibility by the handicapped established by the applicable City, state, and federal regulations:
        1. Office. An office for the manager and a publicly available telephone which shall be accessible for emergency use 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
        2. Laundry and Maintenance Facilities. A laundry and maintenance building shall be included in the site design. At the option of the recreational vehicle park owner, the maintenance building can provide a maximum six foot by 10 foot storage spaces for recreation vehicle owners.
        3. Sanitary Facilities. RV parks shall provide sanitary facilities in the quantities specified below; however, if a RV park only permits vehicles with sanitary facilities it is not required to provide on-site sanitary facilities. Each calculation shall be rounded up to the next nearest whole number, where a minimum of at least one is required. Facilities for males and females shall be separate and located within a permitted building.
          1. Toilets. One toilet for each sex for every 15 RV spaces;
          2. Washbasins. One washbasin shall be provided within the bathroom for every two toilets provided; and
          3. Showers. One shower for each sex for every 15 RV spaces.
        4. Design and Maintenance of Sanitary Facilities. Design and maintenance of the sanitary facilities shall be in accordance with the following:
          1. Buildings shall be well lit at all times, day or night, well ventilated with screened openings, and constructed of moisture proof material to permit rapid and satisfactory cleaning, scouring and washing;
          2. The floors shall be of concrete or other impervious material, elevated not less than four inches above grade, and each room shall be provided with floor drains;
          3. Toilet and bathing facilities shall be in separate rooms or each toilet provided in a community toilet house shall be partitioned apart from any other toilet in the same room. The floor surface around the commode shall not drain into the shower floor;
          4. Toilet floors and walls shall be of impervious material, painted white or a light color, and be kept clean at all times. Shower stalls shall be made of tile, plaster, cement or some other impervious material and shall be kept clean at all times. Shower stalls shall be partitioned in any manner as to provide privacy and promote cleanliness. If a shower stall is of some impervious material other than tile, cement or plaster, it shall be white or some light color and kept clean at all times;
          5. The floor of any bathroom, other than the shower stall, shall be of some impervious material, and the walls of the bathroom, other than the shower stall, shall be made of a washable surface, kept clean at all times; and
          6. Sidewalks shall be required around all sanitary facilities connecting to the internal private roadway.
      4. Lighting. All common access routes, driveways, internal streets, off-street parking areas, and service buildings within the RV park shall comply with Division 4.2.300, Outdoor Lighting, to ensure adequate visibility within such areas at night by park residents and guests and public safety personnel who might be called to the park at night.
      5. Required Landscaping, Bufferyard, and Screening.
        1. All RV parks located in the City’s Extraterritorial Jurisdiction shall be completely surrounded by a Type C bufferyard, as set out in Section 4.4.301, Buffering.
        2. All RV parks located in the RV zoning district shall comply with Section 4.4.301, Buffering.
        3. Located on the park side of the bufferyard, all RV parks shall be completely surrounded by a solid fence which is constructed of solid material that has been pre-approved by the Code Official and be at least six feet, but no more than eight feet in height with the exception of the entrance to the park.
        4. All ground surface areas not used to meet the minimum access, vehicle and pedestrian circulation, buildings, etc., required by this Section shall be groundcover, which shall include sod, ornamental grasses, mulch, or perennial or seasonal plantings, or other vegetative cover which is capable of preventing soil erosion and sediment pollution.
        5. One large tree is required between each RV parking pad site.
      6. Solid Waste and Recycling Collection. Centralized solid waste and recycling collection shall be in accordance with the provisions set out in Section 5.2.106, Solid Waste and Recycling Collection. One centralized container shall be required for each 15 RV spaces of a sufficient size to handle all trash and garbage generated without having to be emptied more than twice per week. Recycling collection shall be as needed.
      7. Utilities. In addition to the following, the installation of utilities shall be in compliance with all building codes and other applicable provisions of these regulations.
        1. Drainage. The ground surface in all parts of the RV park shall be graded and designed to drain all stormwater and surface water in a safe, efficient manner.
        2. Water System. All common buildings and RV spaces shall be provided with a connection to the City water system if it is located within 1,000 feet of the RV park. If the City water system is not available, then a permit from the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) shall be obtained to install a well. The City must approve all proposed water facility plans prior to construction. The water distribution system shall be designed and installed in conformance with all City regulations and as follows:
          1. A master water meter shall be installed to serve the RV park. Sub-metering or re-metering for private purposes by the owner/operator of the RV park is permitted; however, sub-metering or re-metering of individual RV spaces for public purposes, as determined by the City, such as meter reading and utility billing of individual RV spaces is not permitted.
          2. A reduced pressure principal backflow preventer will be required to be placed at the lot line on the discharge side of the master meter. In addition, one must be placed at each of the connections for each RV spaces and located on the right side of the space.
          3. Water riser service branch lines shall extend at least four inches above ground elevation. The branch line shall be at least three-fourths inch.
          4. Adequate provisions shall be made to prevent freezing of service lines, valves, and riser pipes. Surface drainage shall be diverted from the location of utility connections at each space.
          5. A shut off valve below the frost line shall be provided on each branch line.
          6. Each water hook-up must be through the hose bib with vacuum breakers installed.
          7. The owner/operator shall have complete maintenance responsibility for the water system within the RV park.
          8. The City has no maintenance responsibility for service lines within the RV park. The responsibility of the City stops at the lot line.
        3. Wastewater System. All buildings shall be provided with a connection to the City wastewater system.
          1. RV Spaces. All RV spaces shall be provided with a connection to the City wastewater system when located in the City Limits. The City must approve all proposed wastewater facility plans prior to construction. The wastewater distribution system shall be designed and installed in conformance with all City regulations as follows:
            1. Each RV space shall be provided with a four-inch diameter wastewater riser and shall extend above grade four inches. The wastewater riser pipe shall be so located on each stand so that the wastewater connection to the RV drain outlet will approximate a vertical position. Each inlet shall be provided with a gas tight seal when connected to a recreational vehicle or have a gas tight seal plug when not in service.
            2. Each wastewater hook-up must have a P-trap (4) installed below grade.
            3. The wastewater connection to each RV space shall consist of a single four-inch service line without any branch lines, fittings, or connections. All joints shall be water tight.
            4. Surface drainage shall be diverted away from the riser. The rim of the riser pipe shall extend at least four to six inches above the ground elevation.
            5. Each collection wastewater line shall provide a vent extending a minimum of 10 feet in height.
            6. The owner/operator shall have complete maintenance responsibility for the wastewater system within the RV park.
            7. The responsibility of the City stops at the property line of the RV park.
            8. Each RV park shall be required to install at the lot line, where connection to the City wastewater system is made, a sample well site. The sample well site shall be installed according to City specifications.
            9. The City may, at its discretion, require pre-treatment of wastewater from an RV park.
          2. RV Park Sanitary Dumping Stations. All RV Parks located in the City’s Extraterritorial Jurisdiction (ETJ) shall provide a sanitary dumping station. The City must approve plans for the sanitary dump station prior to construction. Regulations for the sanitary dumping station are as follows:
            1. One sanitary dumping station shall be provided in an RV Park for every 250 RVs or fraction thereof.

            2. A sloped concrete apron with a drain at least four inches in diameter at the low point near the center of the pad.

            3. A tight-fitting, self-closing drain cover (to prevent the escape of odors) equipped with a foot-operated attachment or similar device, to open the drain cover without directly contacting waste material.

            4. An approved water outlet or hydrant adjacent to the sanitary dumping station for flushing down the drain pad after use.

            5. An approved atmospheric vacuum breaker attached to the water outlet to prevent possible backsiphonage into the water supply system. The vacuum breaker must be installed downstream from the shutoff valve and at the highest point.

            6. An adequate length of flexible hose for flushing the concrete apron and drain. A means must be provided to retract the hose when not in use so it does not contact the concrete pad or rest on the ground surface.

            7. The sanitary dumping station must be located at least 100 feet from any water supply well. The sanitary dumping station and associated water outlet shall be at least 100 feet from any RV site, tent site, recreational cabin site, or potable water outlet. If possible, locate the sanitary dumping station at a pullover near the RV Park exit for ease of access and disposal without blocking traffic or near the rear of the RV Park.

            8. A sign must be posted at the sanitary dumping station stating that the adjacent water outlet is “UNSAFE FOR DRINKING”.

            9. Water at the sanitary dumping station drain must discharge to an approved wastewater disposal system approved by the City.

        4. Electrical System. All common buildings and RV spaces shall be provided with a connection to the City electrical system, which shall be installed underground in accordance with the most currently adopted National Electric Code. The electrical system shall be designed and installed in conformance with all City regulations and as follows:
          1. A master electric meter shall be installed to serve the RV park. Sub-metering or re-metering for private purposes by the owner/operator of the RV park is permitted however sub-metering or re-metering of individual RV spaces for public purposes, as determined by the City, such as meter reading and utility billing of individual RV spaces, is not permitted.
          2. The City has no maintenance responsibility for service lines within the RV park. The responsibility of the City stops at the weatherhead.
          3. The location of all underground lines shall be clearly marked by surface signs at approved intervals.
          4. Power supply pedestal to each RV parking pad space shall be a minimum of one 30-amp and one 50-amp power supply for back-end and pull-through RV spaces.
          5. Outlets (receptacles or pressure connectors) shall be housed in an Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., approved weather-proof outlet box and shall be of the "female" plug in type.
          6. A water-tight seal shall be provided for underground conduit in floodplain installations, and a riser extending a minimum of two feet above the floodplain elevation shall be provided.
      8. Fire Protection.
        1. Pre-installed metal fire rings surrounded by eight feet of clear space covered with gravel shall be installed at each RV space. Alternately, one centralized fire ring may be installed for each 15 RV spaces. Open fires are only allowed in owner/operator installed fire rings and subject to restriction by the authority of the Fire Chief.
        2. Each RV space shall be within 300 feet of a fire hydrant. If the City water system is not available, the owner/operator shall install and maintain a pond or container on the property that has a minimum capacity of 25,000 gallons, if one does not already exist on site. The pond or container shall be filled at all times and be connected to a dry hydrant. The dry hydrant shall have a standard four inch connection or other such size as approved by the Fire Chief and be installed in a location that is accessible to emergency vehicles.
        3. In RV parks in which gasoline, fuel, oil, or other flammable liquids are stored and/or dispensed, their handling and storage shall comply with the provisions of the Standard Fire Prevention Code.
        4. All fire rings, wood burning stoves and other forms of outdoor cooking shall be located, constructed, maintained, and used as to minimize fire hazards and smoke nuisance.

    (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018) 

    Effective on: 7/16/2018

    Sec. 4.2.101 Required Parking Spaces
  • Generally. The City Commission has established that the orderly development and construction of parking lots is both a continuing primary concern and necessity within the City limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ). Therefore, all parking lots, parking aisles, parking spaces, and parking structures on parcels proposed for development shall meet the standards of this Section and other applicable standards of Division 4.2.100, Parking and Loading. The purpose of this Division is to establish standards ensuring the availability and safe use of parking lots.
  • Applicability of Division.
    1. All new development shall provide all of the parking spaces required by this Section and shall comply with all other provisions of this Division.
    2. Expansions to existing development and changes in use of existing buildings that require additional parking shall provide parking to the extent of the new demand created by the expansion or change in use.
    3. Changes in use of existing buildings that result in a fewer required parking spaces shall not be required to provide additional parking spaces.
  • Calculations. The number of required parking spaces is calculated according to the formulas set out in this Section, which then may be adjusted per the standards set out in Section 4.2.103, Alternatives or Modifications to Required Parking.
    1. Variables for Calculating Required Parking. The variables used for parking calculations are measured as follows:
      1. Per Square Foot (sf.) of Parking Floor Area (PFA). The phrase "per sf. of PFA" means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of "parking-related" square feet of floor area put to the use. The "PFA" is 85 percent of the gross floor area, plus (unless otherwise specified) the area of any parts of the parcel proposed for development that are delineated and used in a manner that is comparable in function and intensity of use to the use of the inside of the building (e.g., outdoor dining areas).
      2. Per Dwelling Unit (DU) or Per Bedroom (BR). The phrase "per '#' DU" means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units. In some cases, the parking requirements are based on the number of bedrooms (per "#" BR unit) in the dwelling units.
      3. Per Bed. The phrase "per bed" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in the facility instead of the number of sleeping rooms or some other measure. Per bed calculations are normally applied to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations with shared rooms.
      4. Per Employee. The phrase "per employee" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of employees during the shift in which the maximum number of employees is present.
      5. Per Seat Capacity. The phrase "per seat" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats that are provided for guests (patrons, members, etc.), with benches or pews measured as one seat per each two feet of width; and
      6. Per Square Feet (sf.) of Assembly Area. The phrase "per sf. of assembly area" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of square feet in the largest room used for assembly (e.g., at a school, this is often a gymnasium, but it could also be a theater or a lunch room).
      7. Others. Other variables are measured according to their common meanings.
    2. Rounding. If the final calculation of the number of required parking spaces includes a fractional space, the number of required parking spaces is rounded up to the nearest whole number, regardless of the fraction.
    3. Multiple Mixed-use or Nonresidential Uses. If several mixed-use or nonresidential uses occupy a single parcel or building, the off-street parking and loading requirements shall be the cumulative total for all uses, or as set out in Section 4.2.103, Alternate or Modifications to Required Parking, whichever is lesser.
  • Required Parking. The parking spaces required for individual uses are provided in this Subsection delineated by the land use classifications set out in Chapter 2, Zoning Districts and Land Uses.
    1. Residential and Commercial Use of the Home. Required off-street parking for agricultural, residential, and commercial uses of the home are set out in Table 4.2.101A, Residential and Commercial Use of the Home Parking Requirements.
  • Table 4.2.101A
    Residential and Commercial Use of the Home Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Residential Uses (Housing Types)
    Single-Family Detached
    - Cottage2 spaces per du.
    - Industrialized Housing2 spaces per du.
    - Single-Family Detached2 spaces per du.
    - Manufactured Home2 spaces per du.
    Single-Family Attached
    - Duplex2 spaces per du.
    - Triplex2 spaces per du.
    - Townhouse2 spaces per du.
    - Live-Work Unit3 spaces per du.
    Multi-family
    Apartment1.5 spaces for efficiency unit and 1 BR unit; 2 spaces per du for 2 BR;  3 spaces per du for 3 BR plus. Total number of parking spaces shall not be at a rate lower than 1.1 parking space per bedroom.
    Downtown Lofts1 space per BR (including those used by residents and guests; additional spaces for the dwelling unit are not required)
    Special Neighborhood Types
    Planned ClusterIndividual spaces as set out above + 1 visitor space per each 5 dwelling units
    Manufactured Home Park or SubdivisionIndividual spaces as set out above + 2 visitor spaces per each 5 manufactured home spaces
    Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park2 spaces per RV pad (not including RV space) + 2 visitor spaces for each 5 recreational vehicle spaces
    Commercial Uses of the Home
    Child-Care, Family Home1 space per each 3 children on the premises at any one time + 1 space per each provider, staff member, or employee on duty at any one time
    Child-Care Facility, Group HomeGreater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential
    (foster home/agency foster home)
    Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential (other)Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Home Business2 spaces per du., plus 1 space per 200 sf. of space dedicated to the home business
    Home OccupationNo additional parking required
    Table 4.2.101A
    Residential and Commercial Use of the Home Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Residential Uses (Housing Types)
    Single-Family Detached
    - Cottage2 spaces per du.
    - Industrialized Housing2 spaces per du.
    - Single-Family Detached2 spaces per du.
    - Manufactured Home2 spaces per du.
    Single-Family Attached
    - Duplex2 spaces per du.
    - Triplex2 spaces per du.
    - Townhouse2 spaces per du.
    - Live-Work Unit3 spaces per du.
    Multi-family
    Apartment1.5 spaces for efficiency unit and 1 BR unit; 2 spaces per du for 2 BR;  3 spaces per du for 3 BR plus. Total number of parking spaces shall not be at a rate lower than 1.1 parking space per bedroom.
    Downtown Lofts1 space per BR (including those used by residents and guests; additional spaces for the dwelling unit are not required)
    Special Neighborhood Types
    Planned ClusterIndividual spaces as set out above + 1 visitor space per each 5 dwelling units
    Manufactured Home Park or SubdivisionIndividual spaces as set out above + 2 visitor spaces per each 5 manufactured home spaces
    Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park2 spaces per RV pad (not including RV space) + 2 visitor spaces for each 5 recreational vehicle spaces
    Commercial Uses of the Home
    Child-Care, Family Home1 space per each 3 children on the premises at any one time + 1 space per each provider, staff member, or employee on duty at any one time
    Child-Care Facility, Group HomeGreater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential
    (foster home/agency foster home)
    Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential (other)Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Home Business2 spaces per du., plus 1 space per 200 sf. of space dedicated to the home business
    Home OccupationNo additional parking required
    Table 4.2.101A
    Residential and Commercial Use of the Home Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Residential Uses (Housing Types)
    Single-Family Detached
    - Cottage2 spaces per du.
    - Industrialized Housing2 spaces per du.
    - Single-Family Detached2 spaces per du.
    - Manufactured Home2 spaces per du.
    Single-Family Attached
    - Duplex2 spaces per du.
    - Triplex2 spaces per du.
    - Townhouse2 spaces per du.
    - Live-Work Unit3 spaces per du.
    Multi-family
    Apartment1.5 spaces for efficiency unit and 1 BR unit; 2 spaces per du for 2 BR;  3 spaces per du for 3 BR plus. Total number of parking spaces shall not be at a rate lower than 1.1 parking space per bedroom.
    Downtown Lofts1 space per BR (including those used by residents and guests; additional spaces for the dwelling unit are not required)
    Special Neighborhood Types
    Planned ClusterIndividual spaces as set out above + 1 visitor space per each 5 dwelling units
    Manufactured Home Park or SubdivisionIndividual spaces as set out above + 2 visitor spaces per each 5 manufactured home spaces
    Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park2 spaces per RV pad (not including RV space) + 2 visitor spaces for each 5 recreational vehicle spaces
    Commercial Uses of the Home
    Child-Care, Family Home1 space per each 3 children on the premises at any one time + 1 space per each provider, staff member, or employee on duty at any one time
    Child-Care Facility, Group HomeGreater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential
    (foster home/agency foster home)
    Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential (other)Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Home Business2 spaces per du., plus 1 space per 200 sf. of space dedicated to the home business
    Home OccupationNo additional parking required
    Table 4.2.101A
    Residential and Commercial Use of the Home Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Residential Uses (Housing Types)
    Single-Family Detached
    - Cottage2 spaces per du.
    - Industrialized Housing2 spaces per du.
    - Single-Family Detached2 spaces per du.
    - Manufactured Home2 spaces per du.
    Single-Family Attached
    - Duplex2 spaces per du.
    - Triplex2 spaces per du.
    - Townhouse2 spaces per du.
    - Live-Work Unit3 spaces per du.
    Multi-family
    Apartment1.5 spaces for efficiency unit and 1 BR unit; 2 spaces per du for 2 BR;  3 spaces per du for 3 BR plus. Total number of parking spaces shall not be at a rate lower than 1.1 parking space per bedroom.
    Downtown Lofts1 space per BR (including those used by residents and guests; additional spaces for the dwelling unit are not required)
    Special Neighborhood Types
    Planned ClusterIndividual spaces as set out above + 1 visitor space per each 5 dwelling units
    Manufactured Home Park or SubdivisionIndividual spaces as set out above + 2 visitor spaces per each 5 manufactured home spaces
    Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park2 spaces per RV pad (not including RV space) + 2 visitor spaces for each 5 recreational vehicle spaces
    Commercial Uses of the Home
    Child-Care, Family Home1 space per each 3 children on the premises at any one time + 1 space per each provider, staff member, or employee on duty at any one time
    Child-Care Facility, Group HomeGreater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential
    (foster home/agency foster home)
    Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Child-Care Facility, Residential (other)Greater of: 1 space per 3 rooms or 1 space per BR
    Home Business2 spaces per du., plus 1 space per 200 sf. of space dedicated to the home business
    Home OccupationNo additional parking required
      1. Institutional, Recreation and Amusement Uses. Required off-street parking for institutional, recreation and amusement uses are set out in Table 4.2.101B, Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Use Parking Requirements.
    Table 4.2.101B
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Institutional Uses
    Assisted Living Facility1 space per 3 du's; if not configured as individual du's; 1 space for each 3 beds
    Child Care Facility, Day-Care1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Hospitals1 space for each bed
    Medical Office Clinic / Medical Lab6 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Nursing / Convalescent Home1 space per 3 beds + 1 space per 2 employees on the largest shift
    Place of Public Assembly (event facilities; meeting halls; fraternal organizations; places of worship)1 space per 4 seats with fixed seating or 1 space per 45 sf. PFA without fixed seating
    Schools, PrivateSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Schools, PublicSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Recreation and Amusement Uses
    Commercial Amusement, Indoor

    6 spaces per 1,000 sf.

    Commercial Amusement, OutdoorSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Golf Course / Club

    3 spaces per hole + 3 spaces per 4 driving range stations (if applicable)

    Recreation and Fitness, Indoor1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Recreation and Fitness, OutdoorGreater of: 1 space per each 5 persons seat capacity + 1 space per each 4 seats; or 1 space per each 30 sf. PFA
    Sexually-Oriented BusinessGreater of: 4 spaces per 5 seats; or 1 space per 250 sf. of PFA
    Table 4.2.101B
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Institutional Uses
    Assisted Living Facility1 space per 3 du's; if not configured as individual du's; 1 space for each 3 beds
    Child Care Facility, Day-Care1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Hospitals1 space for each bed
    Medical Office Clinic / Medical Lab6 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Nursing / Convalescent Home1 space per 3 beds + 1 space per 2 employees on the largest shift
    Place of Public Assembly (event facilities; meeting halls; fraternal organizations; places of worship)1 space per 4 seats with fixed seating or 1 space per 45 sf. PFA without fixed seating
    Schools, PrivateSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Schools, PublicSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Recreation and Amusement Uses
    Commercial Amusement, Indoor

    6 spaces per 1,000 sf.

    Commercial Amusement, OutdoorSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Golf Course / Club

    3 spaces per hole + 3 spaces per 4 driving range stations (if applicable)

    Recreation and Fitness, Indoor1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Recreation and Fitness, OutdoorGreater of: 1 space per each 5 persons seat capacity + 1 space per each 4 seats; or 1 space per each 30 sf. PFA
    Sexually-Oriented BusinessGreater of: 4 spaces per 5 seats; or 1 space per 250 sf. of PFA
    Table 4.2.101B
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Institutional Uses
    Assisted Living Facility1 space per 3 du's; if not configured as individual du's; 1 space for each 3 beds
    Child Care Facility, Day-Care1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Hospitals1 space for each bed
    Medical Office Clinic / Medical Lab6 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Nursing / Convalescent Home1 space per 3 beds + 1 space per 2 employees on the largest shift
    Place of Public Assembly (event facilities; meeting halls; fraternal organizations; places of worship)1 space per 4 seats with fixed seating or 1 space per 45 sf. PFA without fixed seating
    Schools, PrivateSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Schools, PublicSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Recreation and Amusement Uses
    Commercial Amusement, Indoor

    6 spaces per 1,000 sf.

    Commercial Amusement, OutdoorSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Golf Course / Club

    3 spaces per hole + 3 spaces per 4 driving range stations (if applicable)

    Recreation and Fitness, Indoor1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Recreation and Fitness, OutdoorGreater of: 1 space per each 5 persons seat capacity + 1 space per each 4 seats; or 1 space per each 30 sf. PFA
    Sexually-Oriented BusinessGreater of: 4 spaces per 5 seats; or 1 space per 250 sf. of PFA
    Table 4.2.101B
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Institutional Uses
    Assisted Living Facility1 space per 3 du's; if not configured as individual du's; 1 space for each 3 beds
    Child Care Facility, Day-Care1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Hospitals1 space for each bed
    Medical Office Clinic / Medical Lab6 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Nursing / Convalescent Home1 space per 3 beds + 1 space per 2 employees on the largest shift
    Place of Public Assembly (event facilities; meeting halls; fraternal organizations; places of worship)1 space per 4 seats with fixed seating or 1 space per 45 sf. PFA without fixed seating
    Schools, PrivateSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Schools, PublicSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Recreation and Amusement Uses
    Commercial Amusement, Indoor

    6 spaces per 1,000 sf.

    Commercial Amusement, OutdoorSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Golf Course / Club

    3 spaces per hole + 3 spaces per 4 driving range stations (if applicable)

    Recreation and Fitness, Indoor1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Recreation and Fitness, OutdoorGreater of: 1 space per each 5 persons seat capacity + 1 space per each 4 seats; or 1 space per each 30 sf. PFA
    Sexually-Oriented BusinessGreater of: 4 spaces per 5 seats; or 1 space per 250 sf. of PFA
      1. Commercial Uses. Required off-street parking for commercial uses are set out in Table 4.2.101C, Commercial Use Parking Requirements.
    Table 4.2.101C
    Commercial Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Uses
    Alcohol Beverage SalesOnsite consumption: 1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Offsite consumption: 1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Animal Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Large Animal1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Small Animal1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Bar or Nightclub1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Custom Assembly1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Drive-In, Drive-Through Facility1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Heavy Retail / Home Center1 space per 400 sf. PFA + 1 space per 1,000 sf. outdoor sales and display area
    Mixed-UseSee Subsection 4.2.103C, Mixed-Use and Shared Parking.
    Nanobrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Retail1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sales floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Office, General5 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Overnight Accommodations (hotels, motels)1 space per guest room + 1 space per 300 sf. PFA of meeting rooms, ballrooms, administrative offices, and areas used for self-service breakfast for guests only + 75% of parking requirements for integrated restaurants and bars that are open to the public
    Pawn Shop1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Restaurant1 space per 100 sf. dining/bar area + 5 spaces per 1,000 sf. remaining floor area
    Retail Sales and Services1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Gas or Fueling Station1 space per 250 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per employee on maximum shift + 3 spaces per service bay or fueling stall + 1 space per 125 sf. PFA of convenience store floor area
    Wholesale1 space per 1 employee + 1 space per business vehicle parked on-site + 2 spaces for customer parking
    Table 4.2.101C
    Commercial Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Uses
    Alcohol Beverage SalesOnsite consumption: 1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Offsite consumption: 1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Animal Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Large Animal1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Small Animal1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Bar or Nightclub1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Custom Assembly1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Drive-In, Drive-Through Facility1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Heavy Retail / Home Center1 space per 400 sf. PFA + 1 space per 1,000 sf. outdoor sales and display area
    Mixed-UseSee Subsection 4.2.103C, Mixed-Use and Shared Parking.
    Nanobrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Retail1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sales floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Office, General5 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Overnight Accommodations (hotels, motels)1 space per guest room + 1 space per 300 sf. PFA of meeting rooms, ballrooms, administrative offices, and areas used for self-service breakfast for guests only + 75% of parking requirements for integrated restaurants and bars that are open to the public
    Pawn Shop1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Restaurant1 space per 100 sf. dining/bar area + 5 spaces per 1,000 sf. remaining floor area
    Retail Sales and Services1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Gas or Fueling Station1 space per 250 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per employee on maximum shift + 3 spaces per service bay or fueling stall + 1 space per 125 sf. PFA of convenience store floor area
    Wholesale1 space per 1 employee + 1 space per business vehicle parked on-site + 2 spaces for customer parking
    Table 4.2.101C
    Commercial Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Uses
    Alcohol Beverage SalesOnsite consumption: 1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Offsite consumption: 1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Animal Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Large Animal1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Small Animal1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Bar or Nightclub1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Custom Assembly1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Drive-In, Drive-Through Facility1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Heavy Retail / Home Center1 space per 400 sf. PFA + 1 space per 1,000 sf. outdoor sales and display area
    Mixed-UseSee Subsection 4.2.103C, Mixed-Use and Shared Parking.
    Nanobrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Retail1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sales floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Office, General5 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Overnight Accommodations (hotels, motels)1 space per guest room + 1 space per 300 sf. PFA of meeting rooms, ballrooms, administrative offices, and areas used for self-service breakfast for guests only + 75% of parking requirements for integrated restaurants and bars that are open to the public
    Pawn Shop1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Restaurant1 space per 100 sf. dining/bar area + 5 spaces per 1,000 sf. remaining floor area
    Retail Sales and Services1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Gas or Fueling Station1 space per 250 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per employee on maximum shift + 3 spaces per service bay or fueling stall + 1 space per 125 sf. PFA of convenience store floor area
    Wholesale1 space per 1 employee + 1 space per business vehicle parked on-site + 2 spaces for customer parking
    Table 4.2.101C
    Commercial Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Uses
    Alcohol Beverage SalesOnsite consumption: 1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Offsite consumption: 1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Animal Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Large Animal1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Animal Boarding or Veterinarian Services, Small Animal1 space per 300 sf. PFA
    Bar or Nightclub1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Custom Assembly1 space per 400 sf. PFA
    Drive-In, Drive-Through Facility1 space per 75 sf. PFA
    Heavy Retail / Home Center1 space per 400 sf. PFA + 1 space per 1,000 sf. outdoor sales and display area
    Mixed-UseSee Subsection 4.2.103C, Mixed-Use and Shared Parking.
    Nanobrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Retail1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sales floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Office, General5 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Overnight Accommodations (hotels, motels)1 space per guest room + 1 space per 300 sf. PFA of meeting rooms, ballrooms, administrative offices, and areas used for self-service breakfast for guests only + 75% of parking requirements for integrated restaurants and bars that are open to the public
    Pawn Shop1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Restaurant1 space per 100 sf. dining/bar area + 5 spaces per 1,000 sf. remaining floor area
    Retail Sales and Services1 space per 200 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Gas or Fueling Station1 space per 250 sf. PFA
    Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per employee on maximum shift + 3 spaces per service bay or fueling stall + 1 space per 125 sf. PFA of convenience store floor area
    Wholesale1 space per 1 employee + 1 space per business vehicle parked on-site + 2 spaces for customer parking
      1. Industrial and Storage, Transportation, and Communication Uses. Required off-street parking for industrial and storage, transportation, and communication uses are set out in Table 4.2.101D, Agriculture, Industrial and Storage, Transportation, and Communication Use Parking Requirements.
    Table 4.2.101D
    Agriculture, Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Communication Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agriculture, General
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Wholesale1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sale floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery
    Industrial
    Heavy IndustrySpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Light Industry2 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Microbrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Mining / Extraction1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Oil/Gas Operations1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Storage, Self1 space per 25 storage units + 1 space per 300 sf. of office space
    Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf.of storage yard
    Vehicle Wrecking and Salvage Yard; Junkyard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Warehousing and Logistics4 spaces per 5,000 sf. of PFA + 1 space over each additional 5,000 sf. PFA
    Waste Transfer Station / Recycling Collection Facility1 space per 500 sf. facility
    Transportation Uses
    AirportSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    HelistopSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Parking, Stand-AloneNo minimum
    Rail YardSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Utility Uses
    Power Generation, Small-Scale (renewable, noncombustible)Special Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Power Generation, Utility ScaleSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Public UtilitiesSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF) Uses
    WTF, Attached1 space per each free standing facility (may be grass pavers)
    WTF, Freestanding Non-Stealth2 spaces per tower
    WTF, Freestanding Stealth2 spaces per tower
    Table 4.2.101D
    Agriculture, Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Communication Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agriculture, General
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Wholesale1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sale floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery
    Industrial
    Heavy IndustrySpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Light Industry2 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Microbrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Mining / Extraction1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Oil/Gas Operations1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Storage, Self1 space per 25 storage units + 1 space per 300 sf. of office space
    Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf.of storage yard
    Vehicle Wrecking and Salvage Yard; Junkyard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Warehousing and Logistics4 spaces per 5,000 sf. of PFA + 1 space over each additional 5,000 sf. PFA
    Waste Transfer Station / Recycling Collection Facility1 space per 500 sf. facility
    Transportation Uses
    AirportSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    HelistopSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Parking, Stand-AloneNo minimum
    Rail YardSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Utility Uses
    Power Generation, Small-Scale (renewable, noncombustible)Special Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Power Generation, Utility ScaleSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Public UtilitiesSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF) Uses
    WTF, Attached1 space per each free standing facility (may be grass pavers)
    WTF, Freestanding Non-Stealth2 spaces per tower
    WTF, Freestanding Stealth2 spaces per tower
    Table 4.2.101D
    Agriculture, Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Communication Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agriculture, General
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Wholesale1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sale floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery
    Industrial
    Heavy IndustrySpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Light Industry2 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Microbrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Mining / Extraction1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Oil/Gas Operations1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Storage, Self1 space per 25 storage units + 1 space per 300 sf. of office space
    Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf.of storage yard
    Vehicle Wrecking and Salvage Yard; Junkyard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Warehousing and Logistics4 spaces per 5,000 sf. of PFA + 1 space over each additional 5,000 sf. PFA
    Waste Transfer Station / Recycling Collection Facility1 space per 500 sf. facility
    Transportation Uses
    AirportSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    HelistopSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Parking, Stand-AloneNo minimum
    Rail YardSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Utility Uses
    Power Generation, Small-Scale (renewable, noncombustible)Special Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Power Generation, Utility ScaleSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Public UtilitiesSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF) Uses
    WTF, Attached1 space per each free standing facility (may be grass pavers)
    WTF, Freestanding Non-Stealth2 spaces per tower
    WTF, Freestanding Stealth2 spaces per tower
    Table 4.2.101D
    Agriculture, Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Communication Use Parking Requirements
    UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agriculture, General
    Nursery / Greenhouse, Wholesale1 space per 300 sf. PFA of office or sale floor area + 1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery
    Industrial
    Heavy IndustrySpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Light Industry2 spaces per 1,000 sf. PFA
    Microbrewery1 space per 1,000 sf. PFA of brewery or storage + 1 space per  500 sf. PFA of tasting room, restaurant, bar, and activity areas
    Mining / Extraction1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Oil/Gas Operations1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Storage, Self1 space per 25 storage units + 1 space per 300 sf. of office space
    Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf.of storage yard
    Vehicle Wrecking and Salvage Yard; Junkyard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Warehousing and Logistics4 spaces per 5,000 sf. of PFA + 1 space over each additional 5,000 sf. PFA
    Waste Transfer Station / Recycling Collection Facility1 space per 500 sf. facility
    Transportation Uses
    AirportSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    HelistopSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Parking, Stand-AloneNo minimum
    Rail YardSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Utility Uses
    Power Generation, Small-Scale (renewable, noncombustible)Special Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Power Generation, Utility ScaleSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Public UtilitiesSpecial Study. See Subsection 4.2.103B, Special Study.
    Wireless Telecommunication Facility (WTF) Uses
    WTF, Attached1 space per each free standing facility (may be grass pavers)
    WTF, Freestanding Non-Stealth2 spaces per tower
    WTF, Freestanding Stealth2 spaces per tower
    1. Required Disabled Parking. As required by the American with Disabilities Act (ADA), a certain number of required disabled parking spaces are required as part of new development and redevelopment. The disabled parking spaces shall be incorporated into, rather than in addition to, the overall number of parking spaces required by Section 4.2.101, Required Parking Spaces. The minimum number of required disabled parking spaces is set out in Table 4.2.101E, Disable Parking Requirements.
    Table 4.2.101E
    Disabled Parking Requirements
    Number of Required Parking SpacesNumber of Disabled SpacesNumber of Disabled Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    1 to 2511
    26 to 5021
    51 to 7531
    76 to 10041
    101 to 15051
    151 to 20061
    201 to 30071
    301 to 40081
    401 to 50092
    501 to 1,0002 percent of total1 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over20, plus 1 for each 100 over 1,0001 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 4.2.101E
    Disabled Parking Requirements
    Number of Required Parking SpacesNumber of Disabled SpacesNumber of Disabled Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    1 to 2511
    26 to 5021
    51 to 7531
    76 to 10041
    101 to 15051
    151 to 20061
    201 to 30071
    301 to 40081
    401 to 50092
    501 to 1,0002 percent of total1 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over20, plus 1 for each 100 over 1,0001 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 4.2.101E
    Disabled Parking Requirements
    Number of Required Parking SpacesNumber of Disabled SpacesNumber of Disabled Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    1 to 2511
    26 to 5021
    51 to 7531
    76 to 10041
    101 to 15051
    151 to 20061
    201 to 30071
    301 to 40081
    401 to 50092
    501 to 1,0002 percent of total1 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over20, plus 1 for each 100 over 1,0001 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 4.2.101E
    Disabled Parking Requirements
    Number of Required Parking SpacesNumber of Disabled SpacesNumber of Disabled Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    1 to 2511
    26 to 5021
    51 to 7531
    76 to 10041
    101 to 15051
    151 to 20061
    201 to 30071
    301 to 40081
    401 to 50092
    501 to 1,0002 percent of total1 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over20, plus 1 for each 100 over 1,0001 out of 8 disabled parking spaces, rounded up
    1. Uses Not Listed. The Planning and Zoning Commission and/or City Commission shall determine the parking requirements for uses that are not listed based on the uses that are most similar to the proposed uses or based on parking studies of similar uses that are provided by the applicant and certified by a qualified transportation planner or professional engineer (see Section 4.2.103, Alternatives or Modifications to Required Parking).

    (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018; Ord. No. 2018-10, 07/16/2018; Ord. No. 2020-18, 06/15/2020) 

    Effective on: 6/15/2020

    Sec. 4.2.102 Location, Design, and Use of Required Parking
  • Generally. This purpose of this Section is to ensure that parking lots are located, designed, used, and maintained in an efficient and safe manner.
  • Location.
    1. All off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the building and / or use to be served, subject to Subsection 4.2.103D, Mixed Use and Shared Parking.
    2. On-site off-street parking shall be set back behind any required parking setbacks (see Table 4.2.102A, Required Parking Setbacks and Figure 4.2.102A, Location of Required Parking).
  • Table 4.2.102A
    Required Parking Setbacks
    Street ClassificationMinimum Parking Setback from Right-of-Way
    Regional Arterial25'
    Principal Arterial15'
    Minor Arterial15'
    Collector10'
    Minor Residential Street5'
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 The delineation of road classifications shall be in conformance with the Thoroughfare Plan, which is part of the Comprehensive Master Plan.
    Table 4.2.102A
    Required Parking Setbacks
    Street ClassificationMinimum Parking Setback from Right-of-Way
    Regional Arterial25'
    Principal Arterial15'
    Minor Arterial15'
    Collector10'
    Minor Residential Street5'
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 The delineation of road classifications shall be in conformance with the Thoroughfare Plan, which is part of the Comprehensive Master Plan.
    Table 4.2.102A
    Required Parking Setbacks
    Street ClassificationMinimum Parking Setback from Right-of-Way
    Regional Arterial25'
    Principal Arterial15'
    Minor Arterial15'
    Collector10'
    Minor Residential Street5'
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 The delineation of road classifications shall be in conformance with the Thoroughfare Plan, which is part of the Comprehensive Master Plan.
    Table 4.2.102A
    Required Parking Setbacks
    Street ClassificationMinimum Parking Setback from Right-of-Way
    Regional Arterial25'
    Principal Arterial15'
    Minor Arterial15'
    Collector10'
    Minor Residential Street5'
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 The delineation of road classifications shall be in conformance with the Thoroughfare Plan, which is part of the Comprehensive Master Plan.
    Figure 4.2.102A
    Location of Required Parking
    Illustrative Location of Required Parking
    1. Dimensions of Standard Parking Spaces. Parking spaces shall have the following dimensions.
      1. Generally: Nine feet in width by 20 feet standard stall depth, which equals 180 total square feet.
      2. 90-degree parking spaces that abut a curb or the edge of pavement (allowing an overhang): Nine feet width by 18 feet reduced stall depth provided there is a six foot wide sidewalk, or a minimum eight foot landscape area (see Figure 4.2.102B, Parking Space Dimensions).
      3. Parallel (0 degree) parking spaces: Eight feet width by 20 feet standard stall depth.
    Figure 4.2.102B
    Parking Space Dimensions
    Illustrative Parking Space Dimensions
    1. Parking Space Design and Markings.
      1. Vertical Clearance. All parking spaces shall have a vertical clearance of at least 10 feet. Some larger vehicles like vans, SUVs, and light trucks may need a higher clearance. The applicant should note the maximum vehicle size to be accommodated. All parking structure entrances shall have a clearly marked bar to alert oversized vehicles of height limitations before they enter.
      2. Markings.
        1. All parking spaces that are located in parking lots or provided on a street shall be clearly marked with either:
          1. A single four-inch-wide contiguous line painted and maintained at the required stall width; or
          2. A double four-inch-wide contiguous line painted and maintained with the midpoint of the two lines being located at the required stall width.
        2. All handicap accessible spaces shall be designed with an upright sign exhibiting the universal symbol for accessibility by the handicapped. All such spaces shall be designed in compliance with the standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
        3. Parking spaces for residential uses that are located in private garages, carports, or individual driveways do not have to be marked. An area on a private residential lot is considered a parking space if:
          1. The area is at least nine feet width by 20 feet stall depth in dimension;
          2. The area does not encroach upon a public sidewalk;
          3. The area has an improved hard surface; and
          4. The area is accessible from the street.
          5. Parking Module Standards. Table 4.2.102B, Parking Module Standards, sets out the minimum horizontal widths for standard parking space depths, parking aisles, and combined parking aisle/stall modules. See also Figure 4.2.102C, Illustrative Parking Module Configurations.
    Table 4.2.102B
    Parking Module Dimensions
    Measurements1Parking Space Angle
    0/Parallel Parking45o60o90o
    One Parking Space Row, One-Way Aisle
    Parking Space Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Parking Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (space & aisle)21 ft. 2 in.34 ft. 5 in.34 ft. 5 in.44 ft.
    Two Parking Space Rows, One-Way Aisle
    Parking Spaces Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Parking Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (spaces & aisle)29 ft. 2 in.54 ft. 11 in.59 ft. 2 in.64 ft.
    One Parking Space Row, Two-Way Aisle
    Parking Space Row Depth9 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Parking Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)31 ft. 3 in.40 ft. 7 in.43 ft. 11 in.44 ft.
    Two Parking Space Rows, Two-Way Aisle
    Parking Spaces Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (spaces & aisle)39 ft. 3 in.61 ft. 1 in.65 ft. 8 in.64 ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    1. Refer to Subsection E., Dimensions of Standard Parking Spaces, for the minimum stall width.
    Figure 4.2.102C
    Illustrative Parking Module Configurations
    Illustrative dimensions for one parking row and parking aisle
    Illustrative One Row Parking Module Configuration
    Illustrative dimensions for two parking rows and parking aisle
    Illustrative Two Row Parking Module Configuration
      1. Parking for Residential Development. The following types of vehicles are allowed in residential parking areas:
        1. The outdoor parking or outdoor storage of not more than two recreational vehicles, campers or boats, or trailers on property used for residential purposes, stored only in the side or rear yard and complying with the following:
          1. A recreational vehicle used for occupancy may be parked or stored outside a recreational vehicle (RV) park so long as occupancy does not exceed seven days in any consecutive six-month period, and no utilities are connected to the recreational vehicle and the vehicle is not parked on or extending over a sidewalk or public property unless parked on the street in full compliance with the laws of the City.
          2. An unoccupied recreational vehicle parked or stored on private property shall be set back a minimum of 25 feet from the front property line, inside any existing building lines, at least five feet from side and rear property lines, and may not be on any easement or right-of-way. Any unoccupied recreational vehicles parked or stored on private property shall be located on an improved hard surface.
        2. The parking of one commercial car or truck not exceeding seven feet in height nor having more than one and one half ton capacity as specified by the manufacturer, that is used in connection with the occupant's business or livelihood.
        3. The parking of passenger cars owned, leased, or otherwise in the name of the occupants of the dwelling and their visitors.
    1. Use of Required Parking.
      1. Generally. Required off-street parking spaces shall be available for operable passenger automobiles of the residents, customers, patrons, and employees of the use to which they relate.
      2. Storage. Storage materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or inoperable vehicles, or overnight parking of trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas of multi-family, nonresidential, mixed-used, and public/institutional developments, unless:
        1. Outdoor storage is permitted by this UDC.
        2. The area used for outdoor storage is not counted towards the minimum parking requirements for the use.
        3. The area used for outdoor storage is in conformance with Section 5.2.104, Outdoor Storage and Display of Merchandise.
      3. Outdoor Display of Merchandise. The sale of goods or merchandise is prohibited in parking lots unless in conformance with Section 5.2.104, Outdoor Storage and Display of Merchandise.
      4. Prohibition. No area required by the City for the use of private, off-street parking shall be used as a commercial parking lot.
    2. Surfacing. All parking areas shall be graded and maintained so that water does not accumulate on such areas nor flow or drain onto abutting public or private property. The surfacing of parking areas shall be as follows:
      1. Paved Parking. Except as otherwise specifically required, all off-street parking and loading spaces together with access and circulation drives, driveways, and parking aisles shall be surfaced or improved with asphalt, concrete, or other such material approved by the Director of Public Works, that will provide an equal protection against potholes, erosion, and dust.
      2. Pervious Pavement. All development with paved parking shall be encouraged to use pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems. From the standpoint of complying with Subsection H.1., above, pervious pavement shall be considered "paved" if it complies with the following:
        1. The pervious pavement or pervious pavement system shall be designed and certified by a registered engineer or landscape architect to carry a wheel load of 4,000 pounds.
        2. In nonresidential, mixed-use, and public/institutional developments, pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems, except pervious asphalt or pervious concrete, shall not be used for access and circulation drives, driveways, parking aisles, disabled parking spaces, or loading spaces.
        3. Pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems that utilize turf grass shall be limited to overflow parking which is not typically used on a daily or regular basis.
        4. The use of pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems shall not count as landscape area nor allow parking lots to be located anywhere not otherwise permitted by this UDC.
        5. The use of pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems shall be prohibited in areas on a lot used for the dispensing of gasoline or other engine fuels or where hazardous liquids may be absorbed into the soil.
        6. The use of pervious pavement or pervious pavement systems shall be adequately maintained so that the specified level of perviousness continues overtime.
    3. Maintenance. Access and circulation drives, driveways, parking aisles, off-street parking and loading spaces, and on-site traffic directional or control devices shall be kept in good condition and parking space lines or pavement markings on improved hard surfaces shall be kept clearly visible and distinct.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.103 Alternatives or Modifications to Required Parking
  • Generally. This Section sets out several ways to modify or reduce the number of off-street parking spaces that must be provided by Section 4.2.101, Required Parking Spaces, under certain special circumstances.
  • Special Studies. Some of the uses that are listed in the tables set out in Section 4.2.101, Required Parking Spaces, have nonlinear or widely varying parking demand characteristics. Accordingly, their parking requirements are listed in the table as "Special Study." Required parking for these uses shall be established by special study according to the standards of this Section. A special study shall also be required for any land use not listed in Section 4.2.101, Required Parking Spaces.
    1. Requirements.
      1. The special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant's expense.
      2. The special study shall provide:
        1. A peak parking analysis of at least five comparable uses.
        2. Documentation regarding the comparability of the referenced uses, including name, function, location, floor area, parking availability, access to transportation network (including vehicular or other if applicable), use restrictions, and other factors that could affect the parking demand.
    2. Approval of Special Study. The City Commission upon recommendation of the Planning and Zoning Commission may rely upon the special study to determine the minimum parking requirements.
  • Parking Credits and Reductions. This Subsection sets out credits and reductions in the number of off-street parking spaces that are required. These credits or reductions are based on the provision of alternative parking or demand management programs that tend to reduce the demand for parking. If used in conjunction with subsection D., Mixed-Use and Shared Parking, of this Section, these reductions may be applied to reduce the parking requirement for the use prior to calculating the shared parking reduction.
    1. Applicability to Special Studies. The credits and reductions are not available to uses that base their parking on a special study, as set out in Subsection B., of this Section, unless the special study’s methodology specifically addresses these credits and reductions and determines that they are appropriate.
    2. On-Street and Public Lot Parking.
      1. Development within the Downtown "DT" district may provide on-street parking on streets internal to the development (not on streets located along the exterior of the Downtown "DT" district). The parking on such internal streets may be credited to particular uses in accordance with the formula: Parking Credit = (Sa x P), where Sa = the area of the applicant's parcel divided by the area of the contiguous zoning district, and P = the total parking that is available on-street in the district.
      2. On-street parking spaces that can be accommodated along the front yard and street side yard of non-residential  development, including live-work units within “OT” district may be applied to the minimum off-street parking requirement  provided that:
        1. Such parking spaces are legal parallel or angled parking spaces that meet the dimension requirements of Section 4.2.102 of this UDC;
        2. More than half of the length of such parking spaces abuts the front yard or street side for parallel spaces;
        3. Location of such parking spaces does not result in traffic impediment;
        4. Such parking spaces are marked by the property owner as per the requirement of Subsection 4.2.102.F. Parking Space and Design Marking prior to receiving a certificate of occupancy;
        5. Such parking spaces are available to the general public for parking.
      3. Parking spaces necessary to meet the minimum requirements for non-residential uses within "OT" district may be constructed within abutting right-of-way upon approval by City Commission. Requests to approve the location and construction of parking spaces within abutting right-of-way shall be submitted as a Site Development Plan provided in Section 6.3.302 of this UDC. Review and approval of such requests shall be based on the following standards and requirements:
        1. Location of such parking spaces does not result in traffic impediment as determined by the City Engineer.
        2. Such parking spaces are legal parallel or angled spaces.
        3. Location of such parking spaces does not restrict or limit the addition of new sidewalk or continuation of existing sidewalks.
        4. Non-residential lot conforms to the minimum landscaping requirements of Section 4.4.401 of the UDC.
        5. Such parking spaces are available to the general public for parking.
        6. Approval will include a written agreement related to design, construction, bonding, and license for use of the right-of-way, and maintenance.
  • Mixed-use and Shared Parking. The City recognizes that uses may have different hours of operation and peak parking demand hours. For this reason, the City desires to encourage the sharing of parking for its potential to reduce paved areas and/or to enhance the efficiency of land use. Where a mix of uses creates synergy with respect to the use of parking spaces due to differences in when the spaces are most likely to be used, the Planning and Zoning Commission and / or City Commission may reduce the required number of spaces according to the provisions of this Subsection.
    1. Shared Parking, Common Ownership. Shared parking allows a reduction in the total number of required parking spaces when a parcel is occupied by two or more uses which typically do not experience peak use of parking areas at the same time. When any land or building is used for two or more uses that are listed below, the minimum total number of required parking spaces may be determined by the following procedures:
      1. Multiply the minimum required parking for each individual use, excluding spaces reserved for use by specified individuals or classes of individuals (e.g., spaces that are either posted "reserved," or secured behind a gate), by the appropriate percentage listed in Table 4.2.103A, Mixed-Use and Shared Parking, for each of the designated time periods.
      2. Calculate a sum for all uses for each of the five time periods (columns). The minimum parking requirement is the highest of these sums. Set out in Table 4.2.103B, Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, is an example of how to calculate shared parking credits.
      3. In general, the maximum reduction allowed shall be no more than 25 percent.
  • Table 4.2.103A
    Mixed-Use and Shared Parking
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential100%60%90%80%90%
    Office5%100%10%10%5%
    Retail / Commercial5%70%90%100%70%
    Overnight Accommodations80%80%100%50%100%
    Restaurant10%50%100%50%100%
    Entertainment10%40%100%80%100%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%
    Table 4.2.103A
    Mixed-Use and Shared Parking
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential100%60%90%80%90%
    Office5%100%10%10%5%
    Retail / Commercial5%70%90%100%70%
    Overnight Accommodations80%80%100%50%100%
    Restaurant10%50%100%50%100%
    Entertainment10%40%100%80%100%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%
    Table 4.2.103A
    Mixed-Use and Shared Parking
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential100%60%90%80%90%
    Office5%100%10%10%5%
    Retail / Commercial5%70%90%100%70%
    Overnight Accommodations80%80%100%50%100%
    Restaurant10%50%100%50%100%
    Entertainment10%40%100%80%100%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%
    Table 4.2.103A
    Mixed-Use and Shared Parking
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential100%60%90%80%90%
    Office5%100%10%10%5%
    Retail / Commercial5%70%90%100%70%
    Overnight Accommodations80%80%100%50%100%
    Restaurant10%50%100%50%100%
    Entertainment10%40%100%80%100%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%
    Table 4.2.103B
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of general office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces.
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential
    100 spaces
    100% x 100 = 10060% x 100 = 6090% x 100 = 9080% x 100 = 8090% x 100 = 90
    Office
    150 spaces
    5% x 150 = 8100% x 150 = 15010% x 150 = 1510% x 150 = 155% x 150 = 8
    Retail / Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 1070% x 200 = 14090% x 200 = 180100% x 200 = 20070% x 200 =140
    Overnight Accommodations80% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant10% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment10% x 0 = 040% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    All Others100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS118350285295238
    TABLE NOTE:
    The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 4.2.103B
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of general office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces.
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential
    100 spaces
    100% x 100 = 10060% x 100 = 6090% x 100 = 9080% x 100 = 8090% x 100 = 90
    Office
    150 spaces
    5% x 150 = 8100% x 150 = 15010% x 150 = 1510% x 150 = 155% x 150 = 8
    Retail / Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 1070% x 200 = 14090% x 200 = 180100% x 200 = 20070% x 200 =140
    Overnight Accommodations80% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant10% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment10% x 0 = 040% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    All Others100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS118350285295238
    TABLE NOTE:
    The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 4.2.103B
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of general office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces.
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential
    100 spaces
    100% x 100 = 10060% x 100 = 6090% x 100 = 9080% x 100 = 8090% x 100 = 90
    Office
    150 spaces
    5% x 150 = 8100% x 150 = 15010% x 150 = 1510% x 150 = 155% x 150 = 8
    Retail / Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 1070% x 200 = 14090% x 200 = 180100% x 200 = 20070% x 200 =140
    Overnight Accommodations80% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant10% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment10% x 0 = 040% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    All Others100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS118350285295238
    TABLE NOTE:
    The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 4.2.103B
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of general office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces.
    UseWeekdayWeekend
    Night
    (12 a.m. to 6 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Day
    (6 a.m. to 6 p.m.)
    Evening
    (6 p.m. to 12 a.m.)
    Residential
    100 spaces
    100% x 100 = 10060% x 100 = 6090% x 100 = 9080% x 100 = 8090% x 100 = 90
    Office
    150 spaces
    5% x 150 = 8100% x 150 = 15010% x 150 = 1510% x 150 = 155% x 150 = 8
    Retail / Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 1070% x 200 = 14090% x 200 = 180100% x 200 = 20070% x 200 =140
    Overnight Accommodations80% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant10% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 050% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment10% x 0 = 040% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 080% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    All Others100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS118350285295238
    TABLE NOTE:
    The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
      1. Shared Parking Among Lots Under Different Ownership. When a shared parking reduction is to be applied to uses on several lots under different ownership, the following shall be provided:
        1. A plan that provides for interconnected parking lots;
        2. Recorded easements, accepted on a form acceptable to the City Attorney, that provide, at a minimum, for:
          1. Cross-access among the parking areas and connections to allow parking by the different uses anywhere on the connected properties;
          2. Allocation of maintenance responsibilities;
          3. A pedestrian circulation system that connects uses and parking areas, making it easy and convenient for pedestrians to move between uses; and
          4. A right of enforcement by the City.

    (Ord. No. 2019-16, 04/15/2019; Ord. No. 2020-18, 06/15/2020; Ord. No. 2021-30, 12/20/2021)

    Effective on: 12/20/2021

    Sec. 4.2.104 Loading Spaces and Design
  • Generally. The required number and design of loading spaces for all nonresidential, mixed-use, and public/institutional parcels proposed for development are set out in this Section.
  • Required Loading Spaces. The minimum number of loading spaces required are set out in Table 4.2.104, Required Loading Spaces.
  • Table 4.2.104
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet)Minimum Loading Spaces
    10,000 sf. to 40,000 sf.1
    Over 40,001 sf. to 100,000 sf.2
    Over 100,001 sf. to 160,000 sf.3
    Each additional 60,000 sf. over 106,001 sf.1 additional
    Table 4.2.104
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet)Minimum Loading Spaces
    10,000 sf. to 40,000 sf.1
    Over 40,001 sf. to 100,000 sf.2
    Over 100,001 sf. to 160,000 sf.3
    Each additional 60,000 sf. over 106,001 sf.1 additional
    Table 4.2.104
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet)Minimum Loading Spaces
    10,000 sf. to 40,000 sf.1
    Over 40,001 sf. to 100,000 sf.2
    Over 100,001 sf. to 160,000 sf.3
    Each additional 60,000 sf. over 106,001 sf.1 additional
    Table 4.2.104
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet)Minimum Loading Spaces
    10,000 sf. to 40,000 sf.1
    Over 40,001 sf. to 100,000 sf.2
    Over 100,001 sf. to 160,000 sf.3
    Each additional 60,000 sf. over 106,001 sf.1 additional
    1. Loading Space Design and Markings. Loading spaces shall be designed and constructed as follows.
      1. Location. All loading spaces shall be located on the same lot as the building and / or use to be served. Furthermore, loading spaces shall be designed such that they do not face or are not in direct public view of residential uses or arterial streets.
      2. Dimensions.
        1. Minimum width of loading bay (side to side): 12 feet;
        2. Minimum length of loading bay (front to back):
          1. For semi-trailers: 60 feet;
          2. All other loading spaces: 25 feet;
        3. Minimum vertical clearance: 15 feet.
      3. Use of Rights-of-Way. Where off-street loading spaces are required, at no time shall any part of a truck or van be allowed to extend into a public right-of-way while the truck is being loaded and unloaded.
      4. Design. Off-street loading spaces shall be designed to not conflict with the general circulation patterns on the site, nor interfere with any fire exits or emergency access facilities to either the building or site.
      5. Surfacing. The surfacing of all loading space areas shall be in conformance with Subsection 4.2.102H., Surfacing.
      6. Buffering. Loading spaces and docks shall be located behind buildings and screened from view from abutting properties and public right-of-way. Truck access and loading areas that are located between a principal building and property that is used for residential purposes shall comply with the following additional standards:
        1. The length of the loading area shall be screened by a bufferyard that has one level more opacity (e.g., from a "Type B" bufferyard to a "Type C" bufferyard) than required by the "use" bufferyard, as set out in Subsection 4.4.301A.2., Use Bufferyards, and shall contain an eight foot tall masonry wall that is designed and constructed with the same primary exterior finish materials of the principal building; or
        2. The loading area is enclosed by a roof and a wall between the building and the property boundary line (i.e., a "loading shed"). The buffer between the loading shed and the property boundary line may be reduced by one level of opacity adjoining the loading shed, and may be the standard "use" bufferyard elsewhere.
    2. Exemptions. The loading requirements of this Section may be exempted for good cause shown upon demonstration by the applicant of a proposed use and the nature of its business and operations. However, as determined by the Code Official, or upon request of the City Commission at the behest of the Code Official, it may be required of the applicant to reserve sufficient land for loading space if there is a reasonable likelihood that the use or the nature of the use could change in a manner warranting loading space.
    3. Parking Structure.
      1. The perception of the bulk (or mass) of a parking structure as seen from the street shall be minimized by orienting the structure so that its short dimension is along the edge of the street with the highest functional classification upon which the lot fronts.
      2. Parking structures and vehicle entrances shall be designed to minimize views into the structure from surrounding and adjacent properties, streets, and sidewalks. Methods to help minimize such views may include, but are not limited to landscaping, planters, masonry walls up to 42 inches in height, and decorative grilles and screens. The frontage along the parking structure shall include street furniture at intervals of not more than 40 feet (see Figure 4.2.104, Parking Garage with Screening).
      3. Parking structures shall be architecturally consistent with exterior architectural elements of the principal structure or adjacent buildings, including rooflines, facade design, articulation, modulation, and finish materials.
      4. Parking structure facades shall have brick cladding or a combination of brick and other masonry and have regularly spaced square or rectangular openings.
      5. Security grilles for parking structures shall be architecturally consistent with and integrated with the overall design. Chain link fencing is not permitted for parking structure fencing.
      6. If retail or any other appropriate uses are incorporated into the facade of the parking structure, one or more of the following devices shall be used to screen the view of parked cars:
        1. Ornamental grillwork (plain vertical or horizontal bars are not acceptable);
        2. Decorative artwork, such as metal panels, murals, and mosaics; and/or
        3. Display windows for use by nearby merchants.
    Figure 4.2.104
    Parking Garage with Screening

    Effective on: 4/15/2019

    Sec. 4.2.201 General Access and Circulation Requirements
  • Purpose. The purpose of this Division is to promote safe transportation facilities, improved mobility and access, and increased business and/or land value in the City. Access management reduces the potential for accidents and improves travel conditions by minimizing conflicts between through and turning vehicles. Research has shown that accident rates increase consistently with an increase in the density of access points, while accident rates decrease with the implementation of access management standards. Accordingly, access to collector and arterial streets shall be managed according to the standards of this Division.
  • Degree of Compliance. If the width of a lot or other constraint prevents an individual access from being compliant with Section 4.2.202, Access Spacing and Corner Clearance, then common access shall be provided via joint access and/or cross-access easements according to the standards outline in Subsection G., below. Even if common access does not achieve compliance with Section 4.2.202, Access Spacing and Corner Clearance, it shall be utilized if it creates a wider spacing between access points than would be provided in the absence of common access.
  • Alternative Access for Corner Lots. Lots that abut intersections of arterial streets and minor residential streets shall take access from the minor residential street if the access meets the corner clearance requirements of Section 4.2.202, Access Spacing and Corner Clearance.
  • Timing of Compliance with this Division.
    1. New development and subdivision shall demonstrate compliance with this Division for each required development approval.
    2. Properties with access connections that do not meet the requirements of this Division shall be brought into compliance to the greatest extent possible when modifications to the roadway are made or when a change in use results in one or more of the following conditions:
      1. Site plan review, subdivision plat, or development plat is required.
      2. The site experiences an increase of 20 percent or greater in peak hour trips or 100 vehicles per hour in the peak hour, whichever is less, as determined by one of the following methods:
        1. An estimation based on the Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual (latest edition) methodology for typical land uses, or
        2. Traffic counts made at similar traffic generators located in the City, or
        3. Actual traffic monitoring conducted during the peak hour of the adjacent roadway traffic for the property.
    3. If the principal activity on a parcel with access connections, that do not meet the regulations of this Division, is discontinued for a period of one year or more, then upon establishment of any use, the parcel must comply with all applicable access requirements of this Division to the greatest extent possible.
  • Application to State Streets. The standards of this Division shall apply equally to streets operated by TxDOT upon execution of an agreement between the City and TxDOT delegating the TxDOT access permitting process to the City. In the absence of such an agreement, TxDOT shall retain the responsibility for access permitting on TxDOT operated streets.
  • Driveways.
    1. Generally. Driveways shall be designed according to the standards of this Subsection.
    2. Single-Family Detached, Duplex, and Single-Family Attached Dwelling Units. Driveway width shall be maintained between the property line and the garage or carport opening, except that it may be expanded where a turnaround is required by this UDC. Driveways that provide access to individual single-family detached, duplex, or single-family attached dwelling units shall be a maximum of the following:
      1. A single-width driveway running from the street access to a garage or other parking area shall not utilize more than 15 percent of any front yard, except for front yards with a frontage of less than 70 feet in width, in which case the maximum width of a single driveway shall be 11 feet.
      2. A double-width driveway running from the street access to a garage or other parking area shall not utilize more than 27 percent of any front yard, provided that the maximum width of a driveway shall not exceed 24 feet or 18 feet for lots with a frontage of less than 70 feet.
      3. A triple-width driveway running from the street to a garage or other parking area shall not utilized more than 33 percent of any front yard, provided that the maximum width of a driveway shall not exceed 30 feet in any case, and shall not be permitted for front yards with a frontage width of less than 80 feet.
      4. Circular driveways shall not utilize more than 30 percent of any front or street side yards with a front of less than 80 feet in width.
    3. All Other Uses. Driveways that are not subject to Subsection F.2., above, shall be at least 25 feet wide, but not more than 45 feet wide (at the property line), and configured to direct traffic safely into and out of the parcel proposed for development. Such configuration may require median separation between ingress lanes and egress lanes.
  • Cross-Access Easements.
    1. Generally.
      1. Access that is shared by abutting properties, whether under single or separate ownership, shall be preserved using an appropriate legal instrument that is approved by the City Attorney and recorded in the public records of Fort Bend County at the applicant's expense. The obligation to provide and maintain the cross-access shall run with the land. The Fort Bend County Clerk file number of the legal instrument shall be referenced on any subsequent approved site plans or subdivision plats of the property.
      2. If there is an existing shared access for which there is no recorded legal documentation, the shared access shall continue and appropriate legal documentation shall be executed and recorded.
    2. Terms. The City may require that common and cross-access easements include one or more of the following:
      1. Sufficient width to accommodate a two-way access between properties, designed to accommodate automobiles and emergency service, and loading vehicles.
      2. Stub-outs and other design features to allow abutting properties to be tied in to provide future cross access.
      3. Linkage to other cross-access drives in the area.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.202 Access Spacing and Corner Clearance
  • Generally. Access points include streets, alleys, driveways, and marginal access roads. Spacing of access points shall be provided as set out in this Section
  • Measurements. Generally, the requirements of this Section are measured along the edge of the travel way, from the closest edge of pavement of the first access connection to the closest edge of pavement of the second access connection, including curb returns. This type of spacing is shown in Figure 4.2.202A, Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance Measurements, as "spacing, opposite side."
  • Figure 4.2.202A
    Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance Measurements
    Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance
    1. Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street. The minimum access spacing for access points on the same side of the street is set out in Table 4.2.202A, Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street.
    Table 4.2.202A
    Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street
    Street ClassificationMinor ResidentialCollectorArterial
    Posted Speed Limitanyany<30<35<40<45<50
    Access serves residential land use20 ft.40 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access serves nonresidential, public / institutional,  or mixed-use land use40 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft,
    Access serves industrial land use60 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    1. Access Spacing, Opposite Sides of the Street. In order to prevent conflicting left-turn movements, connections on opposite sides of arterial and collector streets shall be directly opposite each other or offset by a distance of at least 150 feet, unless a median or diverter prevents the potential conflicts.
    2. Corner Clearance.
      1. The minimum corner clearance for access points is set out in Table 4.2.202B, Minimum Corner Clearance (see Figure 4.2.202B, Illustrative Minimum Corner Clearance).
      2. The distances that are set out in the table are minimums. Since site and intersection design must be considered on an individual basis, greater clearance lengths may be required by the City Engineer if necessary to protect public safety.
      3. Shared access may be used to meet the requirements of this Section. If the dimensions of an existing lot and the absence of a reasonable opportunity for shared access make compliance with this Subsection impractical, then right-in, right-out access may be permitted at the farthest available point away from the intersection. For example, a fueling station that cannot establish shared access with neighboring properties may be permitted to have two right-in, right-out access points (one on each frontage), provided that they are located as far away from the intersection as possible.
    Table 4.2.202B
    Minimum Corner Clearance
    Intersecting Street ClassificationMinimum Corner Clearance for Access Points on
    Street AStreet BStreet AStreet B
    Residential Driveways
    Minor ResidentialMinor Residential40 ft.40 ft.
    Minor ResidentialCollector40 ft.50 ft.1
    CollectorCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    ArterialMinor Residential125 ft.275 ft.1
    ArterialCollector125 ft.275 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.2125 ft.2
    Commercial and Industrial Driveways
    Minor ResidentialMinor Residential50 ft.50 ft.
    Minor ResidentialCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    CollectorCollector75 ft.75 ft.
    ArterialMinor Residential125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.3125 ft.3
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 Note that single-family detached and duplex driveways are generally not allowed on this street classification. This standard applies to access to other types of residential development.
    2 An area for stacking vehicles at ingress points to multi-family development may be required by the City Engineer to prevent disruption of traffic flow on the arterial street.
    3 A variance is required for corner lots with arterial street frontage where the required corner clearance cannot be met as a result of the lot width or depth.
    Figure 4.2.202B
    Illustrative Minimum Corner Clearance
    Illustrated Corner Clearance

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.203 Minimum Arterial Frontage
  • General. In general, the minimum arterial frontage that is required of lots that take direct access from an arterial of any type shall not be less that that shown in Table 4.2.203, Minimum Arterial Lot Frontage, unless the new lots are combinations of smaller lots or the subdivider provides for common access as set out in Subsection C., below.
  • Increased Frontage Requirement. A greater lot frontage may be required for driveways greater than 25 feet in width, or development that requires more than one access connection to the arterial.
  • Decreased Frontage Alternative. Where subdivision results in lot frontages that are less than Table 4.2.203, Minimum Arterial Lot Frontage:
    1. A common area plan shall be provided during the subdivision process that shows common access locations and dimensions and cross-access connections.
    2. Common access easements and shared access driveways shall be provided, such that the standards of Section 4.2.202, Access Spacing and Corner Clearance, are met.
    3. Legal instruments shall be recorded as set out in Subsection 4.2.201G, Cross-Access Easements.
  • Table 4.2.203
    Minimum Arterial Lot Frontage
    Posted Speed Limit (mph)Minimum Lot Frontage (ft.)
    ≤ 30225'
    35275'
    40330'
    45385'
    ≥ 50450'

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.204 Modifications of Access Management Requirements
  • Generally. The access management requirements of this Division may be modified according to the standards of this Section.
  • Reduction of Spacing Requirements. The spacing requirements of Section 4.2.202, Access Spacing and Corner Clearance, may be reduced if an assessment of the individual safety and operational considerations of the proposed connection so justifies, and:
    1. Adequate access connection spacing cannot be achieved, but shared access is established with an abutting property. A shared access agreement shall be required as set out in Subsection 4.2.201G, Cross-Access Easements; or
    2. No other alternatives exist, and construction of the access connection is along the property line farthest from the intersection or closest access point. To provide reasonable access under these conditions, but also the safest operation, consideration should be given to designing the driveway connection to allow only the right-in turning movement or only the right-in / right out turning movements, if feasible. In such a case, the applicant shall also demonstrate that:
      1. The inability to meet the access spacing requirements was not due to the owner subdividing the property after the effective date of this UDC without providing internal access;
      2. The abutting landowner refused a request to provide cross-access; and
      3. A covenant acceptable to the City Engineer to ensure that the connection will be provided and access will be consolidated upon the earlier of:
        1. Approval for development, substantial improvement, or redevelopment, of the abutting property, if providing such connection is a requirement of the development approval; or
        2. The applicant's parcel and the abutting parcel coming under common ownership.
  • Increase of Spacing Requirements. The City may require greater access spacing if the use will generate significant truck traffic.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.205 Traffic Impact Study
  • Generally. New development, redevelopment, changes in use, or expansions to existing development that are likely to result in additional peak hour or daily vehicular trip generation (compared to the existing condition) in excess of the thresholds set out in Subsection B., below, shall submit a traffic impact study according to the methodologies set out in Subsection C., below.
  • Thresholds. Traffic studies are required when any of the following thresholds may be exceeded on the parcel proposed for development:
    1. Additional average daily trips generated by the development exceed 500 trips per day, as determined by the Planning and Zoning Commission;
    2. Additional PM peak trips generated by the development exceed 100 trips per hour, as determined by the Planning and Zoning Commission;
    3. Any residential development that exceeds 150 new dwelling units;
    4. The development is requesting access to an arterial street or state highway;
    5. The development will cause the adjacent street or closest intersection(s) to operate at level of service (LOS) F; or
    6. The adjacent street or closest intersection(s) already operates at LOS F.
  • Methodologies. Traffic studies shall be prepared by a licensed professional engineer qualified to perform such work.
  • Updated Traffic Study Required. The Code Official may require an update (amendment) to a previous traffic study or a new study if any of the following thresholds are met:
    1. Changes to the development proposal increases expected trip generation for daily or peak hour trips by more than 15 percent from the original study;
    2. The previous traffic studies are more than two years old, unless the Code Official has determined that the conditions have not significantly changed; or
    3. Location, types and/or number of access points for the development has changed.
  • Conditions of Approval. The Planning and Zoning Commission may condition the approval of proposed development on the maintenance of the level of service standards for streets that will be impacted by the development and may authorize phased development that ties required street, intersection, access, signalization, or other improvements (e.g., additional signage, pavement markings, acceleration/deceleration lanes, etc.) necessary to maintain LOS or improve safety to the timing and level of development proposed for each phase.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.301 General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
  • Generally. The maximum permitted illumination and the maximum permitted light fixture height shall conform to the standards of this Section.
  • Fixture Type.
    1. Generally, light fixtures shall be: (see Figure 4.2.301, Types of Light Fixtures)
      1. "Cut-off" fixtures that limit lighting that is visible or measurable at the property line;
      2. Of constant intensity;
      3. Reflected or shielded so as not to be of excessive brightness or cause glare hazardous to pedestrians or drivers, create a nuisance, or unreasonably interfere with an abutting property owner's right to enjoy their property.
    2. "No cut-off" fixtures may be used only for decorative purposes, provided:
      1. They have light fixtures that produce no more than 1,500 lumens (approximately equal to a 100 watt incandescent bulb);
      2. They have a maximum height of 15 feet; and
      3. They use energy-efficient bulbs, such as compact fluorescent ("CF") and light-emitting diode ("LED").
  • Figure 4.2.301
    Types of Light Fixtures
    1. Cut-off Requirements.
      1. Except as otherwise allowed for in this Section, all lighting (including, but not limited to street, parking lot, security, walkway, and building) shall conform with the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America ("IES") criteria for full cut-off fixtures, which is 100 percent of light output below 90 degrees, and 90 percent of light output below 80 degrees from a vertical line through the fixture.
      2. Lighting fixtures that illuminate landscape plantings, pedestrian walkways, signage, or product display areas shall also conform to the full cut-off fixture requirement.
      3. All lighting fixtures that are mounted within 15 feet of a residential property line or public right-of-way boundary shall be classified as IES Type III or Type F (asymmetric forward throw). These fixtures shall be fitted with a "house side shielding" reflector on the side facing the residential property line or public right-of-way.
      4. Light fixtures used to illuminate flags, statues, or any other objects mounted on a pole, pedestal, or platform shall use a narrow cone beam of light that will not extend beyond the illuminated object.
      5. For upward-directed architectural, landscape, and decorative lighting, direct light emissions shall not be visible above the primary building roofline.
    2. Maximum Freestanding Fixture Height. No freestanding light fixture shall be greater than 25 feet in height.
    3. Maximum Illumination.
      1. Outdoor lighting shall be deflected, shaded, and focused away from abutting properties and shall not be a nuisance to such abutting properties.
      2. Outdoor lighting shall be designed so that any overspill of lighting onto abutting properties shall not exceed three-tenths foot-candles, measured vertically, and three-tenths foot-candles, measured horizontally, on abutting properties.
      3. The ground-level luminance ratio shall not exceed 12 to one.
      4. If additional light is necessary, it shall be provided within an enclosed structure.
    4. Permitted Lumens. Except for landscape lighting, architectural lighting, and flag illumination, an outdoor luminaire with a total luminous flux greater than 1800 lumens must be shielded according to lamp type as set out in Table 4.2.301, Shielding Requirements for Luminaires with a Total Luminous Flux Greater than 1800 Lumens.
    Table 4.2.301
    Shielding Requirements for Luminaires with a Total Luminous Flux Greater than 1800 Lumens
    Lamp TypeShielding
    Light Emitting Diode (LED)Fully
    Low Pressure SodiumFully
    Mercury VaporFully
    High Pressure SodiumFully
    FluorescentFully
    Metal HalideFully
    Halogen (Quartz)Fully
    InductionFully
    XenonFully
    IncandescentFully
    Fossil FuelPartially
    Glass Tubes Filled with Neon, Argon, or KryptonPartially
    Other SourcesAs approved by the City Commission
    1. Outdoor Sales and Canopy Lighting. Canopy lighting for uses that have sheltered outside work or service areas, such as gas stations and outdoor sales, shall meet the standards of this Section. All light fixtures shall be fully recessed into the canopy or fully shielded by the canopy so that they cannot be viewed off-site from an eye height of four feet (to protect automobile drivers from glare).
    2. Outside Wall-Mounted Lighting. Outside wall-mounted lighting shall also comply with the standards of this Section, except that lighting that is required by the Federal Aviation Administration ("FAA") shall comply with federal standards.
    3. Prohibited Lighting.
      1. Generally. No outdoor lighting may be used in any manner that is likely to interfere with the safe movement of motor vehicles on public thoroughfares.
      2. Prohibitions. The following are prohibited:
        1. Any fixed light not designed for roadway illumination that produces incident or reflected light that could impair the operator of a motor vehicle;
        2. The installation, use, or maintenance of beacons or searchlights; and
        3. Exposed strip lighting or neon tubing used to illuminate building façades or outline buildings or windows or flickering or flashing lights installed in like fashion, except for temporary decorative seasonal lighting.
    4. Exterior Lighting Plan. An exterior lighting plan is required for all nonresidential, mixed-use, public/institutional, and multi-family development, redevelopment, and major expansions of these general use types and shall include the following:
      1. Lighting Plan.
        1. Proposed uses of outdoor lights involved.
        2. Type of lamps to be used, including manufacturers' part number.
        3. Type of light fixtures used, including manufacturer's model number and specifications.
        4. Initial lumens of lamp or lamps and associated maximum light loss factors.
        5. Maximum illuminance.
        6. Minimum illuminance.
        7. Average maintained illuminance for the site.
        8. The uniformity ratio of the site. Areas outside the site shall not be factored into the uniformity ratio calculation.
        9. Illuminance levels at each property line.
        10. Aiming and shielding instructions (details) for floodlighting or spotlighting.
        11. Contact information including name of applicant, address, and telephone number.
        12. If applicable, details on the automatic timing sequence used for the site.
        13. The location and mounting height above grade of light fixtures, including building mounted fixtures;
        14. The location of all buildings, parking spaces, parking aisles, walkways, landscape beds, flags, or statues, and if applicable, any areas dedicated to the outdoor storage or display on the lot or parcel; and
        15. Types of each light fixtures, keyed to a light fixture schedule and pictures, and cutsheets or line drawings of the proposed light fixtures.
      2. Light Fixture Schedule. A light fixture schedule indicating fixture type keyed to the plan, the quantities and types of lamps to be used in each fixture along with the rated lumen output of the lamps, the shielding category in which the light fixtures belong (unshielded, shielded, fully shielded, or full cut-off), and a description of the fixtures.
      3. Cutsheets. Cutsheets, indicating photometric distribution data stated in isofootcandle diagrams within the lighting plan.
      4. Photometric Plan. A photometric plan showing initial horizontal illuminance (maintenance factor = 1.0) calculated at grade using a grid of points no more than 10 feet apart and covering the entire site (excluding buildings) and extending a minimum of 20 feet beyond the lot or parcel property line. The maximum and minimum illuminance values within each specific use area (e.g., outdoor storage or display of merchandise, parking areas, walkways, etc.) shall be clearly distinguished. Statistics for uniformity for each specific use area shall be included on the plan. Photometric plans for sites with existing pole mounted lighting within 50 feet of the property line shall include this existing lighting in the calculation. When photometric data for the existing fixtures is not available, photometry for a similar fixture may be used. The fixture(s) used to represent existing lighting shall be included on the lighting fixture schedule and designated as "existing".

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.2.302 Outdoor Recreation and Commercial Amusement Lighting Requirements
  • Generally. The illumination requirements for outdoor sport courts and fields, including, but not limited to, ball diamonds, playing fields, driving ranges, tennis courts, and similar amusement or recreation uses, require unique nighttime visibility standards and, generally, have limited hours of operation.
  • Applicability.
    1. As it relates to the nighttime lighting of sport courts and fields, the standards of this Section, and not Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements, apply to outdoor commercial amusement, outdoor recreation and fitness, and golf course / club uses.
    2. As it relates to the nighttime lighting of other areas of the property (e.g., buildings, sidewalks or walkways, parking lots, etc.), the standards of Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements, apply.
  • Fixture Type. Light fixtures for illumination of sport courts and fields shall be "cut-off" light fixtures that limit lighting that is visible or measurable at the property line.
  • Maximum Freestanding Fixture Height. No freestanding light fixture shall be greater than 80 feet in height.
  • Maximum Illumination.
    1. Sport court and field lighting shall be deflected, shaded, and focused away from abutting properties, and shall not be a nuisance to such abutting properties.
    2. Sport court and field lighting shall be designed so that any overspill of lighting onto abutting properties shall not exceed one-half foot-candle, measured vertically, and one-half foot-candle, measured horizontally, on abutting properties.
    3. A Type B bufferyard may be used to block lighting spillover onto adjacent property, as set out in Section 4.4.301, Buffering, to limit the impact on abutting properties.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Section 4.3.101 Use of Designated Open Space
  • Generally. This Section lists the uses that are permitted in the designated open spaces that are required elsewhere in this UDC. If the use is located within a floodplain or floodway, then the standards of Division 4.3.200, Floodplain Management and Flood Damage Prevention, also applies. These standards do not apply to open spaces that are owned by governmental entities, including the City of Richmond.
  • Permitted Uses and Functions. Open spaces may be put to the following uses or functions, subject to any applicable standards of this Division, and other applicable sections of this UDC.
    1. Agricultural Uses. Where agricultural and outdoor nursery / greenhouse, wholesale uses are allowed by Section 2.2.105, Agricultural, Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Communication Uses, the area of land put to agricultural and outdoor nursery / greenhouse, wholesale uses is counted as open space. In other districts, noncommercial production of crops (e.g., orchards or garden plots that are an amenity to development) is allowed in designated open space areas.
    2. Landscaped or Natural Systems.
      1. Landscaped areas or natural areas.
      2. Floodplains and floodways.
      3. Waterbodies.
      4. Watercourses.
      5. Wetlands.
    3. Public Facilities.
      1. Public utilities subject to the standards of Article 4.6, Infrastructure.
      2. Stormwater management facilities subject to the standards of Division 4.3.400, Grading, Erosion, and Stormwater Controls.
      3. Solar arrays and small wind energy systems (SWES) that comply with Section 5.2.105, Solar Arrays and Small Wind Energy Systems (SWES), as applicable, are allowed in designated open space areas that are not floodplains.
    4. Recreation Uses.
      1. Ball fields, golf courses, nature areas, picnic areas, and play courts are allowed in designated open space areas, provided that the provided that associated buildings, structures, parking lots, and other impermeable surfaces do not exceed more than 15 percent of the designated open space area and no structures are allowed within the Regulated Floodway.
      2. Nature centers are allowed in designated open space areas, provided that associated buildings, structures, parking lots, and other impermeable surfaces do not exceed more than 20 percent of the designated open space area.
      3. Pools are allowed in designated open space areas, provided that if a pool house is present, it is less than 1,500 square feet in floor area.
      4. Trails and associated structures necessary for trail crossings are allowed in designated open space areas, including the floodplain.
      5. Passive recreation uses.
  • Temporary Uses. Public interest or special events are allowed in designated open space areas, subject to the requirements of Section 2.2.106, Temporary Uses, and Section 2.2.205, Temporary Use Standards.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.201 Authority, Findings of Fact, Purpose, and Interpretation, and Methods
  • Authority. Section 16.315, Tex. Water Code (the Flood Control Insurance Act) delegates the responsibility to local governmental units to adopt regulations that are designed to minimize flood losses. The City Commission adopts this Division pursuant to this grant of authority. The regulations of this Division are intended to set out requirements that are not less stringent than those which are required for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.
  • Findings of Fact. The City Commission finds that:
    1. The flood hazard areas of the City are subject to periodic inundation, which results in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and governmental services, and extraordinary public expenditures for flood protection and relief, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety and general welfare.
    2. These flood losses are created by the cumulative effect of obstructions in floodplains which cause an increase in flood heights and velocities, and by the occupancy of flood hazard areas by uses vulnerable to floods and hazardous to other lands because they are inadequately elevated, floodproofed or otherwise protected from flood damage.
  • Purpose. It is the purpose of this Division to promote the public health, safety and general welfare and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas by provisions designed to:
    1. Protect human life and health;
    2. Minimize expenditure of public money for costly flood control projects;
    3. Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;
    4. Minimize prolonged business interruptions;
    5. Minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains; electric, telephone and sanitary sewer lines; and streets and bridges located in floodplains;
    6. Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of flood-prone areas in such a manner as to minimize future flood blight areas; and
    7. Ensure that potential buyers are notified that property is in a flood area.
  • Interpretation. In the interpretation and application of the floodplain management regulations, all provisions shall be:
    1. Considered as minimum requirements;
    2. Liberally construed in favor of the City; and
    3. Deemed neither to limit or repeal any other powers granted under state statutes or the City's Home Rule Charter.
  • Methods. In order to accomplish its purposes, this Division sets out regulations that:
    1. Restrict or prohibit uses that are dangerous to health, safety or property in times of flood, or cause excessive increases in flood heights or velocities;
    2. Require that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;
    3. Control the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers, which are involved in the accommodation of flood waters;
    4. Control filling, grading, dredging and other development which may increase flood damage; and
    5. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters or which may increase flood hazards to other lands.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.202 General Provisions
  • Applicability. This Division applies to all areas of special flood hazard within the jurisdiction of the City.
  • Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard. The areas of special flood hazard identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in the current scientific and engineering report entitled, "The Flood Insurance Study (FIS) for the City of Richmond, Texas," dated November 7, 2001, with accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Maps and/or Flood Boundary - Floodway Maps (FIRM and/or FBFM) dated January 3, 1997, and any revisions thereto are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this Division.
  • Establishment of a Floodplain Development Permit. A floodplain development permit shall be required to ensure conformance with the provisions of this Division.
  • Compliance. No structure or land shall hereafter be located, altered, or have its use changed without full compliance with the terms of this Division and other applicable regulations.
  • Abrogation and Greater Restrictions. This Division is not intended to repeal, abrogate, or impair any existing easements, covenants, conditions, or restrictions (CCRs). However, where this Division and another ordinance, easement, covenant, condition, or restriction (e.g., a deed restriction) conflict or overlap, whichever imposes the more stringent restrictions shall prevail.
  • Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. The degree of flood protection required by this Division is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. On rare occasions greater floods can and will occur and flood heights may be increased by man-made or natural causes. This Division does not imply that land outside the areas of special flood hazards or uses permitted within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damages. This Division shall not create liability on the part of the City or any official or employee thereof for any flood damages that result from reliance on this Division or any administrative decision lawfully made hereunder.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.203 Standards for Flood Hazard Reduction
  • Generally. This Section sets out the general and specific standards for flood hazard reduction.
  • General Standards for Flood Hazard Reduction. The requirements of this Subsection apply to all new construction and substantial improvements in areas of special flood hazard.
    1. Resistance to Hydrodynamic and Hydrostatic Loads. All new construction or substantial improvements shall be designed (or modified) and adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy.
    2. Construction to Minimize Flood Damage. All new construction or substantial improvements shall be constructed by methods and practices that minimize flood damage.
    3. Flood-Damage Resistant Materials. All new construction or substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials resistant to flood damage.
    4. Protection of Building Service Facilities. All new construction or substantial improvements shall be constructed with electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air conditioning equipment and other service facilities that are designed and / or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding.
    5. Protection of Water Supply Systems. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.
    6. Protection of Sanitary Sewer Systems. New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system and discharge from the systems into flood waters.
    7. Location of On-Site Waste Disposal Systems. On-lot sanitary sewage disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.
    8. Limitations on Fill.
      1. No fill shall be placed within a special flood hazard area unless the effect of the fill on water storage and water quality is fully mitigated in one or more of the following ways:
        1. Excavation of a volume of soil comparable to the volume that was filled to bring the surface of the land to the base flood elevation. However, excavation is prohibited at depths that would be likely to:
          1. Increase the velocity of stormwater flows;
          2. Cause significant new erosion; or
          3. Expose groundwater to contamination by pollutants which may be present in stormwater runoff;
        2. A stormwater management system is installed or improved in a location and manner that compensates for the removal of the filled area from the floodplain; or
        3. If the compensatory storage is provided in the floodplain, the combination of filling, compensatory storage, and detention is intended to lower the flood elevation by increasing channel capacity.
      2. If fill is placed, the applicant shall provide a Hydraulics and Hydrology (H&H) study, which shall verify full mitigation, or, alternatively, support a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
  • Specific Standards for Flood Hazard Reduction.
    1. Generally. The requirements of this Subsection apply to all areas of special flood hazards where base flood elevation data has been provided as set forth in:
      1. Section 4.3.202B., Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard;
      2. Section 6.2.202B.5., Floodplain Information and Determination; or
      3. Subsection D.3., Generation of Base Flood Elevation Data, of this Section.
    2. Residential ConstructionNew construction and substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor (including basement), duct work, exposed plumbing, and electrical components elevated as required by Fort Bend County-Interim Atlas 14 Drainage Criteria Manual and Minimum Slab Elevation Criteria December 2019, Revised September 2021, as amended. A registered professional engineer, architect, or land surveyor shall submit a certification to the Floodplain Administrator that the standard of this Subsection is satisfied (see Section 6.3.307, Floodplain Development Permit).
    3. Nonresidential Construction.
      1. New construction and substantial improvements of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential or public/institutional structure shall either:
        1. Have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated as required by Fort Bend County-Interim Atlas 14 Drainage Criteria Manual and Minimum Slab Elevation Criteria December 2019, Revised September 2021, as amendedt; or
        2. Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, be designed so that below an elevation equal to the lowest floor (see 3.a.1. above) the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy.
      2. A registered professional engineer or architect shall develop and/or review structural design, specifications, and plans for the construction, and shall certify that the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted standards of practice as outlined in this Subsection.
      3. A record of such certification which includes, if applicable, the specific elevation (in relation to mean sea level) to which such structures are floodproofed shall be maintained by the Floodplain Administrator.
    4. Enclosures. New construction and substantial improvements, with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage in an area other than a basement and which are subject to flooding shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must either be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or meet or exceed the following minimum criteria:
      1. A minimum of two openings on separate walls having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding shall be provided;
      2. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than 18 inches above grade; and
      3. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided that they permit the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
    5. Manufactured Homes.
      1. Manufactured Homes in Zone A. All manufactured homes to be placed within special flood hazard area Zone A shall be installed using methods and practices which minimize flood damage. For the purposes of this requirement, manufactured homes must be elevated and anchored to resist flotation, collapse, or lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors. This requirement is in addition to applicable state and local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces.
      2. Manufactured Homes in Zones A1-30, AH, and AE. All manufactured homes that are placed or substantially improved within special flood hazard area Zones A1-30, AH, and AE, on sites (i) outside of a manufactured home park or subdivision, (ii) in a new manufactured home park or subdivision, (iii) in an expansion to an existing manufactured home park or subdivision, or (iv) in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision on which a manufactured home has incurred "substantial damage" as a result of a flood, shall be:
        1. Elevated on a permanent foundation such that the lowest structural member of the manufactured home is elevated as required by Fort Bend County-Interim Atlas 14 Drainage Criteria Manual and Minimum Slab Elevation Criteria December 2019, Revised September 2021, as amended; and
        2. Securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.
      3. Manufactured Homes in Zones A1-30, AH, and AE (Existing Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions). All manufactured homes be placed or substantially improved on sites in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision with Zones A1-30, AH and AE that are not subject to the provisions of Subsection C.5.b., of this Subsection be elevated so that either:
        1. The lowest structural member of the manufactured home is as required by Fort Bend County-Interim Atlas 14 Drainage Criteria Manual and Minimum Slab Elevation Criteria December 2019, Revised September 2021, as amended; or​​​​​
        2. The manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are:
          1. No less than 36 inches in height above grade; and
          2. Securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.
    6. Recreational Vehicles.
      1. Recreational vehicles that are placed on sites within Zones A1-30, AH, and AE shall:
        1. Be on the site for fewer than 180 consecutive days; or
        2. Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, or
        3. Meet the permit requirements of Section 6.3.307, Floodplain Development Permit, and the elevation and anchoring requirements for "manufactured homes" in Subsection C.5., of this Section.
      2. A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use if it is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions.
  • Standards for Subdivision Proposals.
    1. Generally. All subdivision proposals (including the placement of manufactured home parks and subdivisions) shall be designed in light of the findings of fact contained in Section 4.3.201B., Findings of Fact, and in a manner that is consistent with Section 4.3.201C., Purpose, and Section 4.3.201E., Methods.
    2. Permit Requirements. All proposals for the development of subdivisions (including the placement of manufactured home parks and subdivisions) shall meet Floodplain Development Permit requirements of Section 6.3.307, Floodplain Development Permit, and Division 4.3.200, Floodplain Management and Flood Damage Prevention.
    3. Generation of Base Flood Elevation Data. Base flood elevation data shall be generated for subdivision proposals and other proposed development (including the placement of manufactured home parks and subdivisions) which is greater than 50 lots or five acres, whichever is lesser, if not otherwise provided pursuant to Section 4.3.202B., Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard, and Section 6.2.202B.5.a., Floodplain Information and Determination.
    4. Adequate Drainage Required. All subdivision proposals (including the placement of manufactured home parks and subdivisions) shall have adequate drainage (as specified in the City's drainage policy, promulgated by the City Engineer) to reduce exposure to flood hazards.
    5. Arrangement of Development. The standards of Chapter 3, Density, Intensity, Bulk, and Scale, allow for the use of varied lot sizes and / or housing types in order to achieve the permitted density and protect the required amount of open space. In the application of these standards, parcels proposed for development shall be located outside of special flood hazard areas if possible.
    6. Modification of Open Space Ratio. Not less than 30 percent of the special flood hazard area of a parcel proposed for development shall be protected as common open space. This area is counted towards the open space ratio required by Section 3.1.101, Development Standards for New Residential Neighborhoods, then the larger open space ratio applies.
    7. Elevated Primary Access Required. The primary access to the subdivision (the access that connects to the highest order street or that provides the most direct route to the largest number of lots in the subdivision, as determined by the Code Official) shall be elevated to or above the base flood elevation to allow for access by emergency vehicles.
    8. Location of Public Utilities and Facilities. All subdivision proposals (including the placement of manufactured home parks and subdivisions) shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water distribution systems located and constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage.
  • Standards for Areas of Shallow Flooding (AO/AH Zones).
    1. Generally. Located within the areas of special flood hazard established in Section 4.3.202B., Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard, are areas designated as areas of shallow flooding. These areas have special flood hazards associated with flood depths of one to three feet, where a clearly defined channel does not exist, where the path of flooding is unpredictable, and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheet flow; therefore, the provisions of this subsection shall apply.
    2. Elevation of New Construction and Substantial Improvements. All new construction and substantial improvements of structures shall have the lowest floor (including basement) elevated as required by Fort Bend County-Interim Atlas 14 Drainage Criteria Manual and Minimum Slab Elevation Criteria December 2019, Revised September 2021, as amended.
    3. Certification Required. A registered professional engineer, architect (for floodproofing options only), or registered professional land surveyor (for building elevation options only) shall submit a certification to the Floodplain Administrator that the standards of this Section are satisfied. See Section 6.3.307, Floodplain Development Permit.
    4. Drainage Paths. Within Zones AH and AO, adequate drainage paths around structures shall be provided on slopes, to guide flood waters around and away from proposed structures.
  • Floodways.
    1. Generally. Located within areas of special flood hazard established in Section 4.3.202B., Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard, are areas designated as floodways. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of flood waters which carry debris, potential projectiles and erosion potential, the provisions of this Subsection shall apply:
    2. Encroachments Prohibited. Encroachments are prohibited, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements and other development within the adopted regulatory floodway unless it has been demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practice that the proposed encroachment would not result in any increase in flood levels within the community during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.
    3. Permitted Exceptions.
      1. If Subsection F.2., of this Section is satisfied, all new construction and substantial improvements shall comply with all applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of Section 4.3.202, General Provisions, and this Section; and
      2. Under the provisions of 44 CFR Chapter 1, § 65.12, of the National Flood Insurance Program Regulations, a community may permit encroachments within the adopted regulatory floodway that would result in an increase in base flood elevations, provided that the community first completes all of the provisions required by § 65.12.
  • (Ord. No. 2016-26, 10/17/2016; Ord. No. 2022-19, 06/27/2022) 

    Effective on: 6/27/2022

    Sec. 4.3.301 General Nuisance Standards
  • Generally. All uses and activities permitted by this UDC within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) shall conform to the standards of this Section, using adequate and appropriate prevention and/or mitigation techniques as necessary.
  • Noise.
    1. Generally. No use shall be permitted that causes serious annoyance to occupants of abutting properties due to excessive noise.
    2. Maximum Noise Level in Commercial, Mixed-Use, and Industrial Districts. Noise levels shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 4.3.301A, Maximum Noise Levels by Octave Band, when measured from the closer of the following two points to the noise generator:
      1. On the boundary of a commercial, mixed-use, or industrial zone district; or
      2. 125 feet from the property line of a use generating noise.
    3. Maximum Noise Level at Residential Property Lines.
      1. Noise levels measured at residential property lines shall not exceed the following:
        1. Noise levels shall not exceed 49 dBA at a residential property line between 7 p.m. and 7 a.m.
        2. Noise levels shall not exceed 56 dBA at a residential property line between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m.
      2. When ambient noise levels from traffic or multiple sources already exceed the standards set out in this Subsection, the subject source shall not increase or add to the existing ambient noise level.
  • Table 4.3.301A
    Maximum Noise Level by Octave Band
    Octave Band Range (CPS)Decibel Band Limit (DB RE 0.0002 microbar)
    35 - 7580
    75 - 15068
    150 - 30061
    300 - 60055
    600 - 1,20051
    1,200 - 2,40048
    2,400 - 4,80045
    4,800 - 9,60043
    "A" scale (for monitoring purposes only)56
    1. Vibration.
      1. Generally. No use shall be permitted which produces ground vibrations noticeable without instruments at the lot line of the premises on which the use is located.
      2. Exceptions. This Subsection does not apply to vibration generated by:
        1. Vibrations emanating from construction activities between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. that are temporary in nature.
        2. Transient vibrations of moving vehicles, such as trucks and automobiles or trains.
        3. Agricultural equipment and operations.
        4. Extraction activities may be granted limited exceptions to impact vibration standards during the limited or conditional use approval process, and those conditions shall be controlling.
    2. Smoke Emissions and Odors.
      1. Generally. All uses shall comply with local, state, and federal regulations pertaining to the emission of smoke.
      2. State and Federal Permits; Transfer of Pollution Rights. No regulated emission source shall be constructed or operate without a valid permit from the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. Further, no transfer of pollution rights authorized by the state or federal governments shall be permitted that would increase emission levels within the City as a result of the transfer. Transfer of pollution rights out of the City are permitted and encouraged.
      3. Public Welfare. In addition to the standards specified below, emissions in such manner or quantity as to be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, comfort, or welfare is declared to be a public nuisance and shall be unlawful.

      4. Allowable Changes. Any prohibited use lawfully established prior to the effective date of this UDC shall be allowed to be altered, or modified, provided that emissions conform to the standards established in this Section. The total emission weight from all sources within the boundaries of the lot shall not exceed the net amount permitted after an alteration or modification.
      5. Heat. No use or activity in any district shall be so operated that it emits or transmits heat or heated air or water so as to be discernible at or beyond the property line of the lot on which it is located.

      6. Objectionable Odors. Any condition or operation which results in the creation of odors or hazardous emission of such intensity and character as to be detrimental to the health and welfare of the public or which interferes unreasonably with the comfort of the public shall be removed, stopped, or so modified as to remove such odors or emissions.
      7. Animal Odors. The environment they are kept in must be kept odor free from neighboring properties.

      8. Smoke. The emission of more than 10 smoke units per hour per stack is prohibited, including smoke of a density in excess of Ringelmann No. 1. of the Ringelmann Smoke Chart. However, once during any six-hour period, each stack may emit up to 20 smoke units, not to exceed Ringelmann No. 1 when blowing soot or cleaning fires. Only during fire-cleaning periods, however, shall smoke measuring of Ringelmann No. 2 be permitted, and then for not more than four minutes per period.
      9. Dust. Dust and other types of air pollution borne by the wind from such sources as storage areas, yards, roads, and so out within lot boundaries shall be kept to a minimum by appropriate landscaping, paving, or other acceptable means. Emissions from other sources in excess of the weight limitations specified hereinafter for the district in which such use shall be located is prohibited.

    3. Dust and Debris. Uses shall be maintained in an orderly condition and conducted in a manner that avoids the spread of dust, debris, and litter to other properties and public rights-of-way. Hazardous materials, refuse, or items that can be carried away by wind or water shall be secured in buildings, structures, or other such enclosure.
    4. Toxic or Noxious Matter. No use shall for any period of time discharge across boundaries of a lot line on which it is located, toxic or noxious matter in such concentrations as to be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, comfort, or welfare, or cause injury or damage to persons, property, or the use of property or land, or render unclean the waters of the state to the extent of being harmful or inimical to public health, animal or aquatic life, or the use of such waters for domestic water supply, recreation, or other legitimate and necessary uses. Disposal of toxic or hazardous waste within the City is specifically prohibited.
    5. Nuclear Radiation. Any operation involving radiation (i.e., the use of gamma rays, x-rays, alpha and beta particles, high speed electrons, neutrons, protons, and other atomic or nuclear particles), shall be permitted only in accordance with state and federal laws, rules, and regulations, or any other applicable regulation.
    6. Electromagnetic Radiation and Interference. No person shall operate or cause to be operated for any purpose a planned or unplanned source of electromagnetic radiation which does not comply with the current regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regarding such sources of electromagnetic radiation. No use, activity, or process shall be conducted which produces electromagnetic interference with normal radio or television reception.
    7. Heat or Glare.
      1. Generally. Any activity producing heat or glare shall be carried on in such a manner that such heat or glare is not perceptible at any lot line. Exposed sources of light, including bare bulbs and tubes and immediately adjacent reflecting surfaces, shall be shielded to avoid creating a nuisance across lot lines. The light intensity from illumination of any kind shall not exceed fifty-foot lamberts at any point along the line of the lot containing the light source.
      2. Glare from Use. Glare from any process (such as or similar to arc welding or acetylene torch cutting) which emits harmful ultraviolet rays shall be performed in such a manner as not to be seen from any point beyond the property line, and as not to create a public nuisance or hazard along lot lines.
      3. Glare from Buildings and Structures. Buildings and structures shall be designed and oriented to avoid glare that materially interferes with the safe operation of streets.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.401 Best Management Practices and Low Impact Development
  • Best Management Practices. The City requires Best Management Practices (BMPs) for any activity, operation, or facility which may cause or contribute to pollution or contamination of storm water, the storm drain system, or waters of the United States.
    1. Structural and Non-Structural BMPs. Structural and non-structural BMPs shall require the following:
      1. That a commercial or industrial establishment's owner or operator shall provide, at their own expense, reasonable protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other wastes in the municipal storm drain system or watercourses.
      2. That any person responsible for a property or premise, which is, or may be, the source of an illicit discharge, is required to implement, at said person's expense, additional structural and non-structural BMPs to prevent further discharge of pollutants to the municipal separate storm sewer system.
    2. NPDES Permit.
      1. Authorization. The provisions of this Section shall be deemed compliant once all terms and conditions of a valid NPDES permit is authorized. The NPDES permit shall be authorized to discharge storm water associated with industrial activity to the greatest extend possible.
      2. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP). Best Management Practices shall be part of a SWPP as necessary for compliance with requirements of the NPDES permit.
    3. Post-Construction Storm Water BMPs. Post-construction (permanent) storm water BMPs are generally divided into two categories: treatment BMPs and source control BMPs.
      1. Treatment BMPs. Post-construction treatment BMPs include a variety of alternatives generally categorized as conveyance practices and storage practices (e.g., a grass swale, retention pond, or sand filter) that provide treatment of the storm water runoff quantity and quality.
      2. Source Control BMPs. Proactively controlling pollutants at their source is fundamental to effective storm water quality. Typically, it is easier and more cost-effective to prevent storm water pollution than to remove contaminants once they have entered the storm sewer system or receiving water. A good source control BMP is one that is effective at stopping and/or redirecting pollutants prior to entering the storm sewer system. A source control BMP can be a structural component of a planned site (e.g., a covered area for material storage) or a procedural BMP. Procedural BMPs depend on behavior change accomplished through public education, training, and development of standard operating procedures.
  • Low Impact Development. The following are techniques that can be used to minimize the impact of impervious surfaces by reducing connected impervious surfaces to a minimum, thereby reducing the area and cost of mitigation techniques:
    1. Water Gardens. Convey drainage from rooftops or drives to water gardens. The water garden shall be landscaped with natural vegetation that includes unmowed groundcovers and woody plants that can tolerate periodic inundation. When conveying the roof runoff to open spaces with natural vegetation, care must be taken to assure sheet flow, not channelized flow, to prevent erosion.
    2. Rain Barrels or Cisterns. Rain barrels or cisterns can be designed into the buildings or yards so that roof runoff is directed to these storage facilities and used for beneficial purposes such as lawn watering, vehicle washing, or other non-potable purposes. A variety of commercial products are available for this purpose. Their installation must be partly assured by the subdivider's surety.
    3. Pervious Pavements. Driveway, parking areas, or sidewalks may be constructed from pervious concrete to provide infiltration of runoff. Pervious concrete or asphalt is recommended for minor roads or heavily used parking areas. Concrete or other containment structures that hold gravel or turf are recommended for driveways or low use parking areas.
    4. Vegetated Swales. These shall be used unless the subdivider can show they are impractical or that the slopes would result in erosion.
    5. Swale Blocks. The swale block is installed at intervals along a vegetated swale to allow the water to build up into a series of pools, slowing water flow and allowing the vegetation to assist in cleaning the water and settling out solids. The blocks shall be slotted to allow them to drain down and have a notch to permit maximum flows during the 50-year storm without overflowing the swale. The use of swale blocks slows flows and decreases pollutant loading and the detention facilities shall be sized to account for the reduction in flows.
    6. Curb and Gutter. Curb and gutter systems and their associated storm sewer system are undesirable because they greatly increase peak discharge rate and prevent infiltration or treatment of storm water. Curb and gutter systems shall be used only where needed to contain parking, when swales cannot safely convey the volume and peak discharge rate of storm water without erosion, or where curbs are needed to contain parking on streets. When roads transverse open space areas, curbs shall be removed. Streets can be narrowed and parking provided in bays, allowing parking to be prohibited. This eliminates the need for curbs.
    7. Curbs without Storm Sewers. Where curbs are required for parking containment, they should be designed with slots or discharge sections to convey the storm water to swales.
    8. Green Roofs. The use of green roofs, roofs that have been planted in vegetation, shall be strongly encouraged for buildings with roof areas in excess of 40,000 square feet. These provide both stormwater storage and cleaning of the water.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.402 Discharges
  • Generally. This Section applies to facilities which have storm water discharges associated with industrial and construction activity.
  • Permit. Any person subject to an industrial or construction activity National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) storm water discharge permit shall comply with all applicable provisions. The City shall require, in an acceptable form, proof of compliance with said permit prior to allowing discharge to the MS4.
  • Access to Facilities.
    1. Inspection.
      1. The City shall be permitted to enter and inspect facilities subject to regulation under this Division as often as may be necessary to determine compliance with this UDC.
      2. If a discharger has security measures in force which require proper identification and clearance before entry into the premises, the discharger shall make the necessary arrangements to allow access to representatives of the authorized enforcement agency.
      3. The facility operator shall allow the City ready access to all parts of the premises for the purpose of inspection, sampling, examination, and copying of records that must be kept under the conditions of NPDES permit to discharge storm water, and the performance of any additional duties as defined by state and federal law.
    2. Equipment Monitoring.
      1. The City shall have the right to set up on any permitted facility such devices as are necessary to conduct monitoring and/or sampling of the facility's storm water discharge.
      2. The City has the right to require the land owner to install monitoring equipment as necessary. The facility's sampling and monitoring equipment shall be maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition by the land owner at their expense.
      3. All devices used to measure storm water flow and quality shall be calibrated to ensure their accuracy.
    3. Obstructions. Any temporary or permanent obstruction to safe and easy access to the facility to be inspected and/or sampled shall be promptly removed by the land owner at the written or oral request of the City and shall not be replaced. The costs of clearing such access shall be borne by the land owner.
    4. Delays. Unreasonable delays in allowing the City access to a permitted facility is a violation of a storm water discharge permit and this UDC. A person who is the facility operator with the NPDES permit to discharge storm water associated with industrial activity commits an offense if the person denies the authorized enforcement agency reasonable access to the permitted facility for the purpose of conducting any activity or required by this UDC.
    5. Refusal. If the City has been refused access to any part of the premises from which storm water is discharged, and he/she is able to demonstrate probable cause to believe that there may be a violation of this UDC, or that there is a need to inspect and/or sample as part of a routine inspection and sampling program designed to verify compliance with this UDC or any order issued hereunder, or to protect the overall public health, safety, and welfare of the community, then the authorized enforcement agency may seek issuance of a search warrant from any court of competent jurisdiction.
  • Discharge Prohibitions. No person shall discharge or cause to be discharges into the municipal storm drain system or watercourses any materials, including but not limited to, pollutants or waters containing any pollutants that cause or contribute to a violation of applicable water quality standards, other than storm water.
    1. Discharge Exceptions. Illegal discharge to the storm drain system is prohibited except as described as follows:
      1. The following discharges are exempt of discharge prohibitions:
        1. Water line flushing or other potable water sources;
        2. Landscape irrigation or lawn watering;
        3. Diverted stream flows;
        4. Rising ground water;
        5. Ground water infiltration to storm drains;
        6. Uncontaminated pumped ground water;
        7. Foundation or footing drains (not including active groundwater de-watering systems);
        8. Crawl space pumps;
        9. Air conditioning condensation;
        10. Springs;
        11. Non-commercial washing of vehicles;
        12. Natural riparian habitat or wetland flows;
        13. Swimming pools (if dechlorinated to less than one PPM chlorine);
        14. Fire fighting activities; and
        15. Any other water source not containing pollutants.
      2. When discharges are specified in writing by the authorized enforcement agency as being necessary to protect public health and safety;
      3. When verbal notification for dye testing is given to the authorized enforcement agency prior to the time of the test; and
      4. When non-storm water discharge is permitted under an National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit, waiver, or waste discharge order issued to the discharger and administered under the authority of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), provided that the discharger is in full compliance with all requirements of the permit, waiver, or order and other applicable laws and regulations, and provided that approval by the City has been granted in writing for any discharge to the storm drain system.
    2. Prohibition of Illicit Connections.
      1. The construction, use, maintenance, or continued existence of illicit connections to the storm drain system is prohibited.
      2. The prohibition expressly includes, without limitation, illicit connections made in the past, regardless of whether the connection was permissible under law or practices applicable or prevailing at the time of connection.
      3. A person is considered to be in violation of this UDC and Section, if the person connects a line conveying sewage to the MS4, or allows the connection to continue.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.403 Notification of Spills
  • Notification, Generally. Notwithstanding other requirements of state or federal law, as soon as any person responsible for a facility or operation, or responsible for emergency response for a facility or operation has information of any known or suspected release of materials which are resulting or may result in illegal discharges or pollutants discharging into storm water, the storm drain system, or waters of the United States, said person shall take all necessary steps to ensure the discovery, containment, and cleanup of such release.
  • Notification.
    1. Hazardous Materials. Release of hazardous materials shall immediately notify emergency response agencies of the occurrence via emergency dispatch services.
    2. Non-Hazardous Materials. Release of non-hazardous materials shall notify the authorized enforcement agency in person or by phone or electronic mail no later than the next business day. Notifications in person or by phone shall be confirmed by written notice and addressed and mailed to the City within three business days of the notice.
  • Records. If the discharge of prohibited materials emanates from a commercial or industrial facility/operation, the owner or operator shall retain an on-site written record of the discharge and the actions taken to prevent its recurrence. The on-site records shall be retained by the facility/operation for at least three years.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.404 Suspension of MS4 Access
  • Detection of Illicit Discharge.
    1. Generally. Any person discharging to the MS4 is in violation of this UDC and may have their MS4 access terminated if the termination abates or reduces an illicit discharge.
    2. Notification. The authorized enforcement agency shall notify a violator of the proposed termination of the MS4 access.
    3. Petition. The violator may petition the authorized enforcement agency for a reconsideration and hearing for the MS4 access.
    4. Prior Approval. A person commits an offense, if the person who committed the offense reinstates the MS4 access to the premises terminated pursuant to this UDC, without prior approval of the authorized enforcement agency.
  • Illicit Discharges in Emergency Situations. The City shall, without prior notice, suspend MS4 discharge access to a person when such suspension is necessary to stop an actual or threatened discharge which presents or may present imminent and substantial danger to the environment, or to the health or welfare of persons, or to the MS4 or waters of the United States. If the violator fails to comply with a suspension order issued in an emergency, the authorized enforcement agency may take such steps as deemed necessary to prevent or minimize damage to the MS4 or waters of the United States, or to minimize danger to persons.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.405 Watercourse Protection
  • Watercourse Protection on Properties. Every person owning property and/or property lessee through which a watercourse passes shall keep and maintain that part of the watercourse within the property free of trash, debris, excessive vegetation, and other obstacles that would pollute, contaminate, or significantly prevent the flow of water through the watercourse.
  • Watercourses and Structures. The property owner and/or lessee shall maintain existing privately owned structures within or adjacent to a watercourse, so that these structures will not become a hazard to the use, function, or physical integrity of the watercourse.
  • Waterway and Watercourse Protection Requirements. Waterway and watercourse requirements shall include:
    1. A temporary stream crossing installed and approved by the City or Fort Bend County Drainage District if a wet watercourse will be regularly crossed during construction;
    2. Stabilization of the watercourse channel before, during, and after any in-channel work;
    3. All on-site storm water conveyance channels designed according to the criteria outlined in Stormwater Management Handbook for Construction Activities Prepared by Harris County/Harris County Flood Control District and City of Houston; and
    4. Stabilization adequate to prevent erosion located at the outlets of all pipes and paved channels.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.3.406 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
  • Generally. An erosion and sediment control plan, shall be submitted with each application for a site development plan which involves land-disturbing activity which disturbs five acres or more of land. The Director of Public Works shall have the authority to waive any of the requirements for the plan if the requirement is not necessary to control erosion due to the nature of the lot or parcel proposed for development or the type of development proposed.
  • Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Required. An erosion and sediment control plan is required pursuant to this Section and shall contain the following:
    1. A plan prepared by a Texas Licensed Professional Land Surveyor, Engineer, Architect or Landscape Architect.
    2. A plan drawn to a scale adequate to clearly show the parcel proposed for development and the required information.
    3. The plan may incorporate one or more sheets as necessary to clearly convey its intent. The plan may also incorporate text to explain any specifics, cover the specifications for the materials required, or explaining development phasing.
    4. A construction sequence for the parcel proposed for development shall include:
      1. Stripping and clearing;
      2. Rough grading;
      3. Construction of utilities;
      4. Infrastructure and buildings; and
      5. Final grading and landscaping.
    5. Construction sequencing that shall identify the following:
      1. The expected date on which clearing will begin;
      2. The estimated duration of exposure of cleared areas;
      3. Areas of clearing;
      4. Installation of temporary erosion and sediment control measures; and
      5. Establishment of permanent vegetation.
    6. All erosion and sediment control measures necessary to meet the objectives of local regulations throughout all phases of construction and after completion of development of the parcel proposed for development. Depending upon the complexity of the project, the drafting of intermediate plans may be required at the close of each season.
    7. Seeding mixtures and rates, types of sod, method of seedbed preparation, expected seeding dates, type and rate of lime and fertilizer application, and kind and quantity of mulching for both temporary and permanent vegetative control measures.
    8. Provisions for maintenance of control facilities, including easements and estimates of the cost of maintenance.
    9. At a minimum, the plan shall show all existing and proposed:
      1. Site boundaries, lots, etc.;
      2. Watercourses (with sizes), ponds, lakes, wetlands;
      3. Apparent floodplains, floodway fringes, and floodways;
      4. Soil types and their erodability;
      5. Vegetative cover such as grass, weeds, and/or trees;
      6. Utilities, structures, road pavements, and other improvements;
      7. Existing contours at an interval not greater than two feet. An adequate number of spot elevations may be provided in lieu of the contours;
      8. Locations and dimensions (where applicable) of all proposed erosion and sediment control measures; and
      9. Provisions for removal of the temporary measures when final vegetation and control structures are established.
  • Requirements.
    1. Erosion Control Requirements. Erosion control requirements shall include:
      1. Soil stabilization to be completed within five days of clearing or inactivity in construction;
      2. Seeding and other vegetative erosion control methods become established within two weeks or the City may require the site to be reseeded or a non-vegetative option employed, if applicable;
      3. Special techniques that meet the design criteria outlined in Stormwater Management Handbook for Construction Activities Prepared by Harris County/Harris County Flood Control District and City of Houston on steep slopes or in drainage ways shall be used to ensure stabilization;
      4. Soil stockpiles must be stabilized, if applicable;
      5. Techniques may be required to prevent the blowing of dust or sediment from the site per Section 4.3.301, General Nuisance Standards; and
      6. Techniques that divert upland runoff past disturbed slopes shall be employed.
    2. Sediment Control Requirements. Sediment control requirements shall include:
      1. Settling basins, sediment traps, or tanks and perimeter controls;
      2. Settling basins that are designed in a manner that allows adaptation to provide long-term storm water management, if required by the City; and
      3. Protection for adjacent properties by the use of a vegetative buffer strip in combination with perimeter controls.
  • Modifications to the Plan. Modifications to the erosion and sediment control plan are approved by the Director of Public Works according to the regulations outlined in Section 6.3.205, Administrative Review and Referral. Modifications shall include:
    1. Major amendments of the erosion and sediment control plan; and
    2. Field modifications of a minor nature.
  • Inspections. The City or it's designated agent shall make inspections as required pursuant to this Section.
    1. Approval. The City shall approve that portion of the work completed or shall notify the applicant where the work fails to comply with the approved erosion and sediment control plan.
    2. Notification. The applicant shall notify the City at least two working days before the start of construction to obtain an inspection.
    3. Inspection Schedule. The applicant or his/her agent shall make regular inspections of all control measures in accordance with the inspection schedule outline in the approved erosion and sediment control plan.
    4. Inspection Recordation. All inspections shall be documented in written form and submitted to the City at the time interval specified in the approved permit. Plans for grading, stripping, excavating, and filling work bearing the stamp of City approval shall be maintained on-site during the progress of work.
    5. Site Access. The City shall enter the property of the parcel proposed for development as deemed necessary to make regular inspections to ensure the validity of the reports filed.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.101 General Requirements
  • Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Article is to establish tree preservation, buffering, and landscaping standards that protect and preserve the appearance and character of the City, protect the health and quality of life of the residents through the preservation of protected trees, and conserve scarce water resources by promoting the planting of native and drought-resistant trees and shrubs. In establishing these standards, it is the City Commission's intent to encourage the preservation of trees and their value to the community, increase the compatibility of abutting uses, and to minimize the effects on the surrounding environment due to noise, dust, debris, artificial light intrusions, and other impacts of an abutting or nearby use.
  • Applicability of Standards. This Article applies to all new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvements in the City and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ), and where specifically indicated, to existing trees and landscaping.
  • Exemptions. The following are exempt from the standards of this Article:
    1. Individual lots of record that are existing as single-family detached or attached dwellings, unless required by this Article.
    2. Modifications to nonresidential, mixed use, or public/institutional buildings where the building expansion or redevelopment does not exceed the gross floor area of the existing building(s) by more than 10 percent or 3,000 square feet, whichever is less.
    3. Sites that are proposed for redevelopment or substantial improvement, where due to the geometry of the site or existing improvements, installation of landscaping in compliance within this Division would be impractical or unreasonable, in which case the Code Official may approve a lesser landscaping requirement, provided that the reduction of landscaping standards is only the extent necessary to make the installation practicable. In no case shall this exception be interpreted to lessen these requirements for reasons other than those provided. The Code Official may forward such alternative plans to the Planning and Zoning Commission for their review and approval.
  • Approved Plant Lists. Only plants set out in Appendix A, Approved Plant List, count towards the landscape requirements of this Article. The use of native, disease- and drought-resistant varieties of plant materials is strongly encouraged, and shall be addressed with the submittal of a schematic plan.
  • Required Biodiversity.
    1. Generally. Diversity of the genus and species of trees and shrubs is required in order to prevent monocultures which could result in large-scale losses in the event of disease or blight.
    2. Standards.
      1. Within each category of required landscaping (i.e., large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs):
        1. Not more than 40 percent shall be of any one genus; and
        2. Not more than 20 percent shall be of any one species.
  • Water-Wise Landscaping.
    1. Generally. The requirements of this Section are applied to the total area of a parcel proposed for development.
    2. Plant Selection and Grouping Requirements.
      1. Plants shall be selected based on their adaptability to the site. Native species shall be installed, or protected and preserved when possible.
      2. Not more than 50 percent of the trees and shrubs that are installed to meet the requirements of this Article shall be classified as high water use. Plants or trees growing produce for human consumption are not counted in this calculation.
      3. Low water use plants (including grasses) are required in all areas that are less than eight feet wide or otherwise difficult to irrigate and manage (unless such areas are characterized by hydric soils).
    3. Mulch. Mulch or other water-saving treatments shall be used for all landscape planting areas in order to help maintain soil moisture and inhibit weeds.
  • Size and Quantity Requirements.
    1. All plant materials shall be of good quality, container grown or balled and burlapped in accordance with the most current edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock.
    2. Large trees shall be at least three inches caliper.
    3. Small trees shall be at least two inches caliper.
    4. Evergreen trees shall be six feet tall at the time of planting.
    5. Shrubs shall be in five gallon containers at planting.
  • Maintenance.
    1. Landscape areas and plantings required by this Article shall be maintained and all plant materials that die within two years of planting shall be the responsibility and at the expense of the owner/operator to ensure replacement.
    2. Irrigation systems shall be located outside of the public right-of-way and shall be maintained or replaced at the owner's expense.
    3. The City may inspect each site after approval of a site plan, building permit, or issuance of the certificate of occupancy and periodically thereafter to ensure compliance with the Article.
  • Required Warranty.
    1. Generally. Landscaping that is installed or protected according to this Article shall be guaranteed according to the standards of this Section. This warranty is in addition to the maintenance of the landscaping shown on an approved landscape plan, as required by Section 4.4.102, Plans Required.
    2. Required Warranty.
      1. Term. The owner shall guarantee all plant material to be in healthy condition (free of dead or dying branch tips; bearing foliage of normal density, size, and color; and closely matching adjacent specimens of the same species) for a term of two years. The warranty term commences on the date of acceptance of installed plant materials. When work is accepted in parts, the warranty terms extend from each acceptance to the terminal date of the guarantee of the last acceptance.
      2. Guarantee. During the required warranty term, the owner shall replace, without cost to the City, all plants determined to be dead or in an unacceptable condition. Replacements shall be made within 30 days. Replacements shall meet the minimum specifications of the materials replaced.
      3. Extension of Warranty Term. Replacement plants shall be guaranteed for a new warranty term according to the standards of this Section. In the event that a replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of said new warranty term, the Code Official may require that a different genus, species, or type of plant material be installed.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.102 Plans Required
  • Tree Disposition Plan. This plan shall specify which trees on the development site or tract are to be relocated, removed or replaced. For those that remain, the plan shall delineate the limits of all tree protected zones for trees that are over 19 inches in diameter (or 60 inches in circumference) and that are on the list set out in Appendix A, Approved Plant List. In addition, the plan shall also include delineation of easement locations, utility alignments, and building and parking footprints.
  • Landscape Plan. Compliance with the standards of this Section shall be demonstrated by development and submittal of a schematic landscape, buffer, and irrigation plan, as follows:
    1. Landscape Architect Required. Landscape plans for nonresidential, mixed-use, multi-family, and public/institutional development shall be prepared by a registered landscape architect who is licensed to practice in the State of Texas. Based on the volume of required planting, need for tree preservation and any other site-specific issues pertaining to landscaping, the Code Official is authorized to allow submittal of landscape plans prepared by other design professionals such as architects, engineers, or landscape professionals for projects that meet the following two criteria:  
      1. New development projects with site area not greater than 0.5 acres; and
      2. Redevelopment projects with site area not greater than one acre.
    2. Contents of Schematic Plan. The plan shall include the elements that are set out in this Section. The Code Official may waive elements of the plan if they are found that they are unnecessary due to the type of development approval sought, or the conditions of the site being developed, or both. The Code Official is authorized to require additional information on the plan, as needed, to administer the requirements of these regulations. The schematic landscape, buffer, and irrigation plan shall include all of the following information:
      1. Plan Drawing. A plan view, drawn to scale, that shows:
        1. The location, species, and size of each plant, showing the anticipated canopy or spread of the plant five years after installation;
        2. The location, alignment, and width of any easements or rights-of-way, as well as the footprints of principal and accessory buildings and parking and other impervious areas;
        3. The general layout of irrigation systems;
        4. The location of existing landscaping for which credit is requested, including the diameter at breast height measurements of large trees; and
        5. The location of property lines and approximate locations of buildings and parking areas within 50 feet around the development site or tract.
      2. Tabular Information. Tabular information that shows, for each landscape area required by this Section:
        1. The pervious surface area available for planting;
        2. The number of large trees, evergreen trees, small trees, and shrubs, perennials, or ornamental grasses that are required in each area to meet the buffering and landscaping requirements of this Code; and
        3. The number, size, and species of existing and proposed large trees, evergreen trees, small trees, and shrubs, perennials, or ornamental grasses that are provided in each area (if any conversions from one classification of plant to another are applied, the conversions shall also be shown).
    3. Approval and Timing of Approval.
      1. Plans meeting the standards of these regulations shall be approved. However, in reviewing the plans, adjustments in the location or types of plants may be required where the Code Official finds such alterations would better serve the purposes for which they are intended.
      2. Landscape plans containing open spaces and residential bufferyards shall be submitted for approval at the development plat or preliminary plat application stage, as applicable.
      3. Landscape plans containing development landscaping and nonresidential, mixed-use, public/institutional, or multi-family bufferyards shall be submitted for approval during the development plat or site plan review process (as applicable), which is prior to the building permit stage.
  • (Ord. No. 2018-11, 08/20/2018) 

    Effective on: 8/20/2018

    Sec. 4.4.201 Purpose and Application
  • Purpose. The City lies in Fort Bend County, the beauty of which is greatly enhanced by the presence of a large number of mature trees. Development will invariably result in the removal of trees. Uncontrolled and an indiscriminate destruction of trees would detrimentally affect the quality appearance of the natural environment and the aesthetic value and enjoyment for the citizens of Richmond. The preservation program outlined in this Division contributes to the preservation of the natural beauty and aesthetics of the community, and is for the purpose of retaining the great historical and environmental value of these trees.
  • Application.
    1. Required. This preservation program applies to new developmentredevelopment, and substantial improvement of multiple-family, nonresidential, mixed-use, and public/institutional land uses, as well as new subdivisions within the corporate limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction of Richmond.
    2. Exempt. The following are exempt from the provisions and requirements of this Division:
      1. Individual lots of record that are existing as single-family detached and attached dwellings in an improved subdivision;
      2. Multiple-family, nonresidential, mixed-use, and public/institutional land uses that are not undergoing redevelopment or substantial improvement;
      3. Non-protected trees, including:
        1. Trees that do not exceed 19 inches in diameter (or 60 inches in circumference) when measured at a point four and one-half feet above the tree's natural grade on an undeveloped tract of land; and
        2. Trees that are not listed in Appendix A, Plant Lists.
      4. Damaged Trees, including those:
        1. Damaged by thunderstorms, windstorms, floods, fires or other natural disasters, and determined to be dangerous by a peace officer, firefighter, or code enforcement officer in their official capacity. The Code Official shall be promptly notified of the nature of the emergency and action taken.
        2. Trees damaged by disease or rot, which are deemed to be a hazard by the Code Official.
      5. Emergency Situations. Trees that require removal by fire, police, or other emergency services personnel actively engaged in fighting a fire or other emergency services response.
      6. Nurseries / Greenhouses. Trees planted, grown and/or held for sale as part of a licensed nursery / greenhouse, retail or wholesale business. This exemption is limited to trees with main trunks under 10 inches in diameter.
      7. Public Utility Easements. Trees located within public utility easements; provided that the trees are interfering with the safe provisions of these utility services.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.202 Permit Required
    No person shall relocate, remove, or encroach into the protected root zone of any tree on any public or private property unless a valid tree permit has been issued by the Code Official. Before a permit can be issued, a tree survey shall be provided as set out in Section 4.4.204, Tree Survey Required. A development application involving a portion of a parcel proposed for development may be based on a survey showing only that portion of the parcel proposed for development. The Code Official may require an applicant to provide aerial photograph interpretation of the site for preliminary analysis of large-scale developments. Approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission must be obtained to cut, remove, or relocate any mature tree with a diameter or 19 inches or a circumference of 60 inches or larger. A variance request shall be granted or denied by the City Commission.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.203 Protected Trees
  • Generally. This Division applies to the protection of existing trees on parcels proposed for development, excluding those on individual single-family detached or attached lots that are exempted in Section 4.4.201, Purpose and Application.
  • Protected Individual Trees. The following trees are protected, and shall be preserved and maintained according to the standards of this Division:
    1. Any tree with a diameter at breast height (DBH) of 19 inches or a circumference of 60 inches or more.
    2. Any tree that is shown on an approved landscape plan that is necessary to:
      1. Meet the buffering and landscaping requirements set out in this Article; or
      2. Meet a condition of approval of the development to which the landscape plan applies.
    3. Any tree with a DBH of eight inches diameter or 25 inches circumference or more on a property which is:
      1. Designated as a historic landmark; or
      2. Within the Historic Overlay (HD) District.
  • Protected Stands of Trees. Development shall be designed so that existing stands of trees are preserved in designated open spaces, whenever, practicable. In general, alternative development options are available to facilitate such designs.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.204 Tree Survey Required
  • Generally. A tree survey performed by a certified arborist, registered landscape architect, or a registered land surveyor shall be submitted prior to any new development that is proposed where a landscape plan is required that would impact a protected tree.
  • Tree Survey. The tree survey shall address the location, species, size, and condition of all protected trees.
  • Partial Tree Survey. The City may accept a partial tree survey in lieu of a full tree survey if the Code Official finds that protected trees only exist on a portion of the site.
  • Tree Inventory Alternative. The City may accept a tree inventory in lieu of a tree survey if protected trees are located in areas of designated open space.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.205 Limitation on Tree Removal
  • Clear Cutting. Parcels proposed for development that include stands of trees shall not be clear cut in preparation for development. Development shall be designed to preserve existing stands of trees unless:
    1. No reasonable alternative site design at the same density and intensity could be approved that would, in descending order of priority, preserve:
      1. All of the trees in the stand;
      2. The largest of the trees in the stand; or
      3. A greater number of trees than the landscape plan shows as protected; and
    2. Relocation of the largest of the protected trees to another location on-site or within the City is not practical or economically feasible.
  • Designated Areas for Tree Removal. Tree removal is allowed in the following areas of a parcel proposed for development:
    1. In, and within 10 feet of, an approved building footprint or approved manufactured home space;
    2. Within clear areas of sight distance triangles or sight distances (see Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards, Subsection D., Sight Distance Triangle Requirements) for public safety, or in adjacent areas if removal is necessary to maintain the clear areas;
    3. Within eight feet of an approved outdoor recreation area that by its nature requires the removal of the trees (e.g., ballfields);
    4. Within an approved stormwater retention/detention area, if the trees are not adapted to such conditions; and
    5. Within six feet of a utility easement, if the trees would interfere with the use of the easement.
  • Individual Tree Removal in Other Areas. No individual protected tree shall be removed unless it meets one of the criteria below:
    1. The tree is infected with an epidemic insect or disease where the recommended control is not applicable and removal is the recommended practice to prevent transmission.
    2. The tree poses an extreme public nuisance because of its species, size, location, or condition. The nuisance could be caused by fruit or seed drop, harboring of insects, or excessive twig or limb breakage.
    3. The tree poses a severe safety hazard that cannot be corrected by pruning, transplanting, or other treatments.
    4. The tree severely interferes with the growth and development of a more desirable tree.
    5. The aesthetic value of the tree is so low or negative that the site is visually enhanced by the tree's removal.
    6. No reasonable alternative site design at the same density and intensity could be approved and relocation of the protected tree to another location on-site or within the City is not practical or feasible for the survival of the tree.
  • Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.206 Tree Replacement Standards
  • General.
    1. Protected trees shall not be removed, damaged (e.g., through topping or other improper pruning), or destroyed unless a tree removal permit is issued by the City (see Section 6.3.303, Tree Removal Permit).
    2. If a protected tree that is shown on an approved landscape plan (see Section 4.4.203, Protected Trees) is removed for any reason set out in Section 4.4.205, Limitation on Tree Removal,Subsection C., it shall be replaced.
    3. If a protected tree that is shown on an approved landscape plan (see Section 4.4.203, Protected Trees) is removed in violation of this UDC, the value of the tree removed (as determined by a certified arborist) will be assessed, and it shall be replaced according to the schedule in Table 4.4.206, Tree Replacement Standards, unless the certified arborist determines that there is insufficient room for healthy tree growth.
    4. Trees that are not protected by Section 4.4.203, Protected Trees, may be removed, subject to the limitations of Section 4.4.205, Limitation on Tree Removal, upon issuance of a building permit.
  • Relocation. Protected trees that are relocated to another place on the parcel proposed for development do not have to be replaced if they are relocated according to industry standard transplanting methods, as approved by a certified arborist.
  • Development. Protected trees may be removed from a parcel proposed for development if it is demonstrated that:
    1. There is no reasonable alternative site design at the same density and intensity that could be approved and relocation of the protected tree to another location on-site or within the City is not practical or feasible for the survival of the tree; and
    2. The trees are replaced or mitigated according to the replacement standards in Table 4.4.206, Tree Replacement Standards.
  • Table 4.4.206
    Tree Replacement Standards
    DBH of Tree to be RemovedNumber of Required Three-Inch Caliper Replacements
    Min. DBHUp to, But Not Including
    none10 inches1
    10 inches15 inches2
    15 inches19 inches3
    19 inchesNo limit5
    1. Relationship to Other Landscaping Requirements. Replacement trees shall count toward the landscaping requirements of the areas in which they are planted. However, if this Section requires more trees than the other Divisions of this Article, then this Section controls.
    2. Timing of Replacement. Replacement trees that are required by this Section shall be installed within 30 days of removal.

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 4.4.301 Buffering
  • Generally. The bufferyards required between areas of different uses that are required by this UDC are based on the amount of screening (i.e., opacity) they provide. Bufferyards are classified from less screening (Type A) to more screening (Type D).
  • Bufferyard Classifications. There are two bufferyards options. Landscape only bufferyards are the preferred option and use a higher density of plant material to screen abutting properties. For properties more constrained by size, a second option provides a similar level of screening, but allows a berm, wall, or fence to be used in conjunction with a smaller width of landscape strip and lower density plant material. Each option identifies the width of the buffer and the numbers and types of plants required per 100 linear feet, or portion thereof. The minimum planting requirements for each type and composition of bufferyard are set out in Table 4.4.301A, Bufferyard Classifications.
  • Table 4.4.301A
    Bufferyard Classifications
    Type (Opacity)WidthRequired Plantings per 100 Linear FeetHeight of Berm, Wall or Fence1
    Large TreesSmall TreesEvergreen TreesShrubs
    TABLE NOTES:
    N/A - Not Applicable.
    1 A berm, wall, or fence is not required for landscape only bufferyards.
    2 Plant material, except large trees, must be installed on the outside of the wall or fence facing the street or abutting properties.
    Option 1: Landscape Only Bufferyard
    Type A (10%)10'1115N/A
    Type B (25%)15'21310N/A
    Type C (50%)25'43520N/A
    Type D (65%)40'45525N/A
    Option 2: Landscape with Berm, Wall, or Fence2
    Type A (10%)5'-1056' tall masonry wall
    Type B (25%)10'111155' tall masonry wall
    Type C (50%)15'223155' fence or 4' berm
    Type D (65%)25'355253' berm
    Table 4.4.301A
    Bufferyard Classifications
    Type (Opacity)WidthRequired Plantings per 100 Linear FeetHeight of Berm, Wall or Fence1
    Large TreesSmall TreesEvergreen TreesShrubs
    TABLE NOTES:
    N/A - Not Applicable.
    1 A berm, wall, or fence is not required for landscape only bufferyards.
    2 Plant material, except large trees, must be installed on the outside of the wall or fence facing the street or abutting properties.
    Option 1: Landscape Only Bufferyard
    Type A (10%)10'1115N/A
    Type B (25%)15'21310N/A
    Type C (50%)25'43520N/A
    Type D (65%)40'45525N/A
    Option 2: Landscape with Berm, Wall, or Fence2
    Type A (10%)5'-1056' tall masonry wall
    Type B (25%)10'111155' tall masonry wall
    Type C (50%)15'223155' fence or 4' berm
    Type D (65%)25'355253' berm
    Table 4.4.301A
    Bufferyard Classifications
    Type (Opacity)WidthRequired Plantings per 100 Linear FeetHeight of Berm, Wall or Fence1
    Large TreesSmall TreesEvergreen TreesShrubs
    TABLE NOTES:
    N/A - Not Applicable.
    1 A berm, wall, or fence is not required for landscape only bufferyards.
    2 Plant material, except large trees, must be installed on the outside of the wall or fence facing the street or abutting properties.
    Option 1: Landscape Only Bufferyard
    Type A (10%)10'1115N/A
    Type B (25%)15'21310N/A
    Type C (50%)25'43520N/A
    Type D (65%)40'45525N/A
    Option 2: Landscape with Berm, Wall, or Fence2
    Type A (10%)5'-1056' tall masonry wall
    Type B (25%)10'111155' tall masonry wall
    Type C (50%)15'223155' fence or 4' berm
    Type D (65%)25'355253' berm
    Table 4.4.301A
    Bufferyard Classifications
    Type (Opacity)WidthRequired Plantings per 100 Linear FeetHeight of Berm, Wall or Fence1
    Large TreesSmall TreesEvergreen TreesShrubs
    TABLE NOTES:
    N/A - Not Applicable.
    1 A berm, wall, or fence is not required for landscape only bufferyards.
    2 Plant material, except large trees, must be installed on the outside of the wall or fence facing the street or abutting properties.
    Option 1: Landscape Only Bufferyard
    Type A (10%)10'1115N/A
    Type B (25%)15'21310N/A
    Type C (50%)25'43520N/A
    Type D (65%)40'45525N/A
    Option 2: Landscape with Berm, Wall, or Fence2
    Type A (10%)5'-1056' tall masonry wall
    Type B (25%)10'111155' tall masonry wall
    Type C (50%)15'223155' fence or 4' berm
    Type D (65%)25'355253' berm
    1. District Bufferyards. Set out in Table 4.4.301B, District Bufferyards, are the required bufferyards between properties (delineated by zoning districts) that are not separated by a public or private street. Landscaping along property lines that are bordered by a public or private street are subject to the landscaping requirements set out in Division 4.4.400, Landscaping. The rows show the zoning of the parcel proposed for development and columns show the zoning of the abutting land. Two letters are shown for each condition. The bufferyard required for the parcel proposed for development is listed first. The letter listed second is the buffer that is or may be required on the abutting property when it is developed, redeveloped, or substantially improved in the future. Where "-" is found there is no use bufferyard required.
    Table 4.4.301B
    District Bufferyards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for DevelopmentZoning of Abutting Parcel
    SR, GR, OTSC, GC, DN, MUBP, INPIRV
    SR, GR, OTB/BB/CB/DB/CB/C
    SC, GC, DN, MUC/B-/-B/CB/BB/B
    BP, IND/BC/B-/-D/CD/C
    PIC/BB/BC/D-/-B/B
    RVC/BB/BC/DB/B-/-
    Table 4.4.301B
    District Bufferyards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for DevelopmentZoning of Abutting Parcel
    SR, GR, OTSC, GC, DN, MUBP, INPIRV
    SR, GR, OTB/BB/CB/DB/CB/C
    SC, GC, DN, MUC/B-/-B/CB/BB/B
    BP, IND/BC/B-/-D/CD/C
    PIC/BB/BC/D-/-B/B
    RVC/BB/BC/DB/B-/-
    Table 4.4.301B
    District Bufferyards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for DevelopmentZoning of Abutting Parcel
    SR, GR, OTSC, GC, DN, MUBP, INPIRV
    SR, GR, OTB/BB/CB/DB/CB/C
    SC, GC, DN, MUC/B-/-B/CB/BB/B
    BP, IND/BC/B-/-D/CD/C
    PIC/BB/BC/D-/-B/B
    RVC/BB/BC/DB/B-/-
    Table 4.4.301B
    District Bufferyards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for DevelopmentZoning of Abutting Parcel
    SR, GR, OTSC, GC, DN, MUBP, INPIRV
    SR, GR, OTB/BB/CB/DB/CB/C
    SC, GC, DN, MUC/B-/-B/CB/BB/B
    BP, IND/BC/B-/-D/CD/C
    PIC/BB/BC/D-/-B/B
    RVC/BB/BC/DB/B-/-
    1. Existing Abutting Development without Bufferyards. Where the abutting property is an existing single-family detached, duplex, or other single-family attached residential property or existing development that does not have the required bufferyard, the proposed mixed-use, nonresidential, multi-family, or public/institutional development shall provide a bufferyard of the next higher classification (e.g., if the requirement is a Type B bufferyard, then the screening of the parcel proposed for development shall be a Type C bufferyard).
    2. Maintenance. Street trees required by this UDC shall be maintained by a developer, lot owner/operator, tenant, property owners' association or other entity having a legal interest in the ownership of the subdivision, or lots in the subdivision, or development. When the developer prepares the subdivision's covenants, conditions, and restrictions, the maintenance responsibilities shall be included designating lot owner/operator or the property owners' association responsibility.

    (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018; Ord. No. 2018-11, 08/20/2018) 

    Effective on: 8/20/2018

    Sec. 4.4.401 Development Landscaping
  • Generally. In addition to the buffering requirements set out in Section 4.4.301, Buffering, all nonresidential, mixed-use, multi-family, and public/institutional uses shall be landscaped per the requirements set out in this Section.
  • Parking Lot Landscaping. Parking lot landscaping is required within and around nonresidential, mixed-use, and multi-family parking lots that contain more than five parking spaces. This Subsection does not apply to single-family detached or single-family attached uses. Required parking lot planting requirements are set out in Table 4.4.401, Parking Lot Planting Requirements, and illustrated in Figure 4.4.401A, Parking Lot Landscape Areas.
  • Table 4.4.401A
    Parking Lot Planting Requirements
    Planting LocationsRequired PlantingsDesign
    All Parking Lots
    At the end of each parking row in endcap islands1 large tree or two small trees, and groundcover2Each endcap island shall be not less than nine feet wide and the length of the parking space1 with 10 foot curb radii on the side closest to the parking aisle
    At the corners of parking lots in corner islands1 large tree or 3 small trees and groundcover2Each corner island shall be defined by the intersection of the parking rows at each corner of the parking lot
    Along the edge of all parking areas that are visible from the public or private street right-of-way or along access drives to multitenant centersHedge, shrub, or ornamental grasses and groundcover23' wide continuous 3' tall hedge, shrub, or ornamental grasses immediately abutting and screening all parking spaces
    Parking Rows with Less Than 30 Parking Spaces
    In the middle of parking rows planted at intervals of not less than one island for each 10 parking spaces1 large tree and groundcover2Each interior island shall be not less than nine feet wide and the length of the parking space1 with five foot curb radii on the side closest to the parking aisle
    Parking Rows that Equal or Exceed 30 Parking Spaces
    In the middle of parking rows planted at intervals of not less than one island for each 10 parking spaces1 small tree, and mulch or groundcover2Each interior island may be reduced to 16 square feet configured in a diamond pattern, with the center point of the diamond located at the point where two (for a single parking row) or four parking spaces meet (for double parking rows). See Figure 4.4.401B, Large Parking Row Reduced Interior Islands
    TABLE NOTES:
    1 For example, if there is single row of 90 degree parking spaces, the length is 18 feet; if there is a double row of 90 degree parking spaces, the length is 36 feet.
    2 Groundcover shall consist of xeric shrubs, ornamental grasses, or perennials that are planted at intervals of not less than three feet in a bed of mulch, and sod, which may only be used for a maximum of 25 percent of the groundcover area and shall not include concrete, asphalt, or other impervious surfaces, with the exception of decorative pavers or stamped, dyed concrete which may be used only within the first one and a half feet of the parking island (not reduced parking islands) to allow persons to access their vehicle without stepping on landscaping. The height of groundcover plant species chosen shall not interfere with sight distance triangles along access drives or anywhere throughout the parking lot.
    Figure 4.4.401A
    Parking Lot Landscape Areas
    Illustrative Parking Lot Landscape Areas
    Figure 4.4.401B
    Large Parking Row Reduced Interior Islands
    Illustrative Diamond Parking Islands in Parking Rows Exceeding 30 Parking Spaces
    1. Site Landscaping.
      1. Planting Location. All areas not designated as bufferyards, parking lot landscaping, or required for pedestrian and vehicular access to the building (e.g., sidewalks, parking spaces, loading spaces, service areas, and drive-in or drive-through facilities on the side of the building with a service window) shall be, at minimum, landscaped meeting the requirements of this Subsection, as illustrated in Figure 4.4.401C. Site Landscape Planting Areas.
      2. Nonresidential, Mixed-Use, Multi-family, and Public Institutional Planting Requirements. The required planting area shall be planted as follows:
        1. Front Yard and Street Side Yard.
          1. Trees: One large tree, or three small trees group or planted with irregular spacing, shall be planted within the front and street side planting areas for each 30 linear feet of frontage measured parallel to the building, or portion thereof;
          2. Shrubs: Five shrubs shall be planted within the front and street side planting areas for each 30 linear feet of frontage measured parallel to the building, or portion thereof. The shrubs may be planting in a continuous line or in groupings. Ornamental grasses may be used to meet up to 25 percent of the shrubbery requirement;
          3. Groundcover: All remaining ground surface not covered by Subsection C.2.a.1. and C.2.a.2., above, shall be groundcover, which shall include sod, ornamental grasses, mulch, or perennial or seasonal plantings; and
          4. Exception: In lieu of the required groundcover and shrubbery, wet ponds with fountains, vegetated rain gardens, naturalized wetlands and/or xeriscape gardens may be used and approved during the review of the site plan.

        2. Interior Side Yard.
          1. Trees: One large tree, or two small trees, shall be planted with a maximum spacing of 45 feet between the primary tree trunk or from the center of the root ball, as applicable, along the entire length of the side; and
          2. Shrubs: Shrubs shall be planted as set out in subsection C.2.a.2., above; and
          3. Groundcover: All remaining ground surface not covered by Subsection C.2.a.1. and C.2.a.2., above, shall be groundcover, which shall include sod, ornamental grasses, mulch, or perennial or seasonal plantings.
        3. Rear Yard. One large tree, or two small trees, shall be planted for each 30 linear feet of distance measured parallel to the building. All other areas shall be covered in groundcover, which may include sod, ornamental grasses, mulch, or perennial or seasonal plantings. 
      Figure 4.4.401C
      Site Landscape Planting Areas
      1. Existing Trees. All existing trees intended to be made part of a proposed development shall be protected during construction activities. Following minimum standards apply to tree protection during construction activities:
        1. Barricades made of wood or fencing material, not less than 3 feet in height with horizontal and vertical structural members shall be installed at the protective root zone.
        2. Barricades shall be removed only to prepare development site for final landscaping.
        3. Parking or storing of vehicles, equipment or materials within protective root zone is prohibited. 
          Tree credits according to Table 4.4.401B, Tree Credits for Existing Trees shall be applied towards development landscaping requirements if the site development plan indicates compliance to the aforementioned minimum standards for tree protection during construction activities.
        Table 4.4.401B
      Tree Credits for Existing Trees 
       DBH of Existing Tree Tree Credit Towards Development Landscaping 
       Min. DBHUp to, But Not Including
       None10 inches 1 Small Tree
       10 inches15 inches 1 Large Tree
       15 inches19 inches 2 Large Trees
       19 inchesNo limit 3 Large Trees
      1. Street Trees. Street trees are not required in the City, however, the use of street trees for a development shall be approved by the City through both a recorded plat and a site plan.

      (Ord. No. 2018-11, 08/20/2018; Ord. No. 2019-16, 04/15/2019) 

      Effective on: 4/15/2019

      Sec. 4.4.402 Residential Lot Landscaping
    2. Generally. Single-family detached and single-family attached residential lots shall be surrounded by yard areas. These yard areas count towards the pervious cover requirements set out in Table 3.1.102, Lot and Yard Standards for New Residential Neighborhoods.
    3. Planting Location. Required plants shall be installed as specified below. Any plants in excess of the minimum required plants may be installed in any location on the lot provided there is adequate room for healthy growth and stability. Front yards shall be planted as follows:
      1. One large tree within the required front yard setback outside of any easement; or
      2. One large tree for the first 50 feet of frontage and one large tree for each additional 25 feet of frontage within the required front yard setback outside of any easement.
    4. Substitution of Trees. Small trees may be substituted for large trees if the dimensions of the lot are such that the canopy trees would not have room to grow to a full canopy without conflicting with buildings or each other. For the purposes of this substitution, one large tree equals two small trees.
    5. Ground Covers and Sod. Areas of residential lots that are not covered by buildings, driveways, swimming pools, or other improved hard surfaces shall be sodded, or planted or landscaped with permitted groundcovers, unless they are covered by woodlands or other natural areas.
    6. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.101 Street Design Objectives
    7. Generally. This Section contains the objectives and principles that are served by the standards of this Division. The standards of this Division shall be guided by these objectives.
    8. Integration. New streets shall integrate into the existing street pattern so as to:
      1. Address the new parcel proposed for development's circulation needs;
      2. Provide a pattern of streets that facilitates navigation within and through individual neighborhoods and the City; and
      3. Where higher-order functional classifications are involved, facilitate City-wide and county-wide traffic movements.
    9. Safety. New streets shall provide a safe and convenient layout and design.
    10. Complete Streets. New streets and substantially improved existing streets shall be designed and constructed to enable safe, attractive, and comfortable access and travel for all users, including pedestrians, bicyclists, motorists, and public transport users of all ages and abilities.
    11. Character. New streets and substantially improved existing streets shall correspond to and reinforce the character of the district(s) in which they are constructed.
    12. Natural Resources. New streets shall be located with appropriate regard for wetlands, waterbodies, watercourses, woodlands, and other features that:
      1. Would enhance the attractiveness and enduring value of development; and
      2. Are locally or regionally significant for their ecological or natural resource value.
    13. Circulation and Through Traffic. Streets within subdivisions shall be designed as a system of circulation routes, so that the use of local streets by through traffic will be discouraged.
    14. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.102 General Street Standards
    15. Generally. The arrangement, character, extent, width, grade, and location of all streets shall be designed and constructed in conformance with the street design objectives set out in this UDC (see Section 4.5.101, Street Design Objectives) and this Section.
    16. Street Standards.
      1. Street Classifications. Streets shall be classified according to the following functional classifications:
        1. Regional Arterial Street;
        2. Principal Arterial Street;
        3. Minor Arterial Street;
        4. Collector Street;and
        5. Minor Residential (local) Street.
      2. Alleys. Alleys are not "streets," but the functional classification "alley" is assigned to them.
      3. Street Arrangement. The arrangement of streets in a subdivision shall be as follows:
        1. The arrangement, character, extent, width, grade, and location of all streets shall conform to the City's thoroughfare plan and shall be considered in relation to existing and planned streets, to topographical conditions, to public convenience, safety, emergency vehicle access, and safety, the appropriate relation to the proposed uses of the land to be served by such streets, and the street design objectives set out in Section 4.5.101, Street Design Objectives.
        2. Where the arrangement of subdivision streets are not shown on the City's thoroughfare plan, the following shall apply:
          1. Provide for the continuation or appropriate projection of existing streets in surrounding areas; or
          2. Conform to a plan for the neighborhood approved or adopted by the City Commission to meet a particular situation where topographical or other conditions make continuance or conformance to existing streets impracticable.
        3. Minor residential streets shall be laid out so that their use as through traffic will be discouraged.
        4. Reverse strips controlling access to streets shall be prohibited except where their control is definitely placed on the City under conditions approved by the City Commission.
        5. Street jogs with centerlines offsets of less than 125 feet shall be avoided.
        6. A tangent of at least 150 feet long shall be introduced between reverse curves on arterial or collector streets.
        7. Streets shall be laid out so as to intersect as nearly as possible at right angles.
        8. Property lines at street intersections shall be rounded with a radius of 20 feet or of a greater radius if the City Commission may deem it necessary.
      4. Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths.
        1. Generally, widths of rights-of-way shall conform to those set out in Table 4.5.102, Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths.
        2. Where additional right-of-way is needed to obtain vertical curve, grade, sight distance triangles, turn lanes, or medians, the required right-of-way shall be adjusted to the extent necessary in accordance with local needs, as determined by the City Engineer.
    17. Table 4.5.102
      Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths
      ClassificationR.O.W. Width
      Curb & Gutter
      R.O.W. Width
      Open Ditch
      Pavement Width
      (measured from face to face of curb)
      Regional ArterialTBDTBDTBD
      Principal Arterial120 ft.140 ft.2 - 36 ft. (with medians)
      Minor Arterial100 ft.110 ft.2 - 24 ft. (with medians)
      Collector60 - 70 ft.70 - 80 ft.40 ft.
      Minor Residential Street60 ft.70 ft.27 ft.
      Table 4.5.102
      Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths
      ClassificationR.O.W. Width
      Curb & Gutter
      R.O.W. Width
      Open Ditch
      Pavement Width
      (measured from face to face of curb)
      Regional ArterialTBDTBDTBD
      Principal Arterial120 ft.140 ft.2 - 36 ft. (with medians)
      Minor Arterial100 ft.110 ft.2 - 24 ft. (with medians)
      Collector60 - 70 ft.70 - 80 ft.40 ft.
      Minor Residential Street60 ft.70 ft.27 ft.
      Table 4.5.102
      Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths
      ClassificationR.O.W. Width
      Curb & Gutter
      R.O.W. Width
      Open Ditch
      Pavement Width
      (measured from face to face of curb)
      Regional ArterialTBDTBDTBD
      Principal Arterial120 ft.140 ft.2 - 36 ft. (with medians)
      Minor Arterial100 ft.110 ft.2 - 24 ft. (with medians)
      Collector60 - 70 ft.70 - 80 ft.40 ft.
      Minor Residential Street60 ft.70 ft.27 ft.
      Table 4.5.102
      Right-of-Way and Pavement Widths
      ClassificationR.O.W. Width
      Curb & Gutter
      R.O.W. Width
      Open Ditch
      Pavement Width
      (measured from face to face of curb)
      Regional ArterialTBDTBDTBD
      Principal Arterial120 ft.140 ft.2 - 36 ft. (with medians)
      Minor Arterial100 ft.110 ft.2 - 24 ft. (with medians)
      Collector60 - 70 ft.70 - 80 ft.40 ft.
      Minor Residential Street60 ft.70 ft.27 ft.
        1. New Streets. New streets of like alignment shall bear the names of existing streets and shall be dedicated at equal or greater widths than the existing streets. No street names shall be used which will duplicate or be confused with the names of existing streets. Street names shall be shown on the preliminary plat and be subject to the approval of the City Commission.
      1. Access and Connectivity.
        1. Access.
          1. Subdivisions with 75 or more lots, or multi-family developments with 75 or more dwelling units, shall provide no less than two access points to/from existing streets. Those access points shall be located as far apart as practical and consistent with Division 4.2.200, Access Management and Circulation.
          2. The street layout of a subdivision shall provide public street access to all building sites and parcels.
          3. Street alignments within subdivisions shall utilize horizontal curves, islands, street offsets, intersections, or other methods that allow adequate access and promote traffic calming.
        2. Offsite Connectivity.
          1. Wherever streets have been dedicated or platted on abutting properties for extension into or through a proposed subdivision, then those streets shall be incorporated into the street layout of the proposed subdivision.
          2. Subdivision streets shall be extended to the boundaries of the parcel proposed for development in appropriate locations to provide for future connections to other properties.
      2. Right-of-Way Maintenance. The adjacent landowner shall maintain the right-of-way between the edge of pavement (if there is no curb) or the inside edge of the curb for the length of the property owner's frontage and to the centerline of a recorded or proposed alley. It is the duty of the adjacent landowner to keep streets and alleys, whether private or public, free of debris, weeds higher than 24 inches, filth, carrion and impure, or unwholesome matter.
      3. Sight Distance Triangle Requirements.
        1. Required Sight Distance Triangle. Within the triangular area formed by the right-of-way lines of intersecting streets and a line connecting points 30 feet on either side of such intersecting rights-of-way, including triangles formed from centerlines of driveways, there shall be clear space and no obstruction to vision (see Figure 4.5.102, Sight Triangle Requirements).
      Figure 4.5.102
      Sight Triangle Requirements
        1. Sight Distance Triangle to be Kept Free of Obstructions. No person shall place or maintain any structures, fences, landscaping, or other objects within any sight distance triangle that obstructs or obscures site distance visibility by more than 25 percent of the area between the ground and eight feet, except for the following:
          1. Landscaping, structures, or fences that protrude no more than 30 inches above the adjacent roadway surface may be permitted within the sight distance triangle.
          2. Trees may be planted and maintained within the sight distance triangle if all branches are trimmed to maintain a clear vision for a vertical height of eight feet above the roadway surface and the location of the trees planted, based on the tree species' expected mature height and size, does not obstruct sight visibility by more than 25 percent of the site distance triangle area.
      1. Thoroughfare Plan.
        1. Generally.
          1. Thoroughfare planning and future right-of-way protection is a priority for the City. The thoroughfare plan is located in the Comprehensive Master Plan, and may be amended from time to time.
          2. The thoroughfare plan identifies desired arterial and collector streets throughout the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ).
        2. Effect. New arterial or collector streets, in addition to improvements to existing arterial and collector streets, shall be consistent with the most recently adopted thoroughfare plan in the Comprehensive Master Plan.

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.103 Supplemental Street Standards
    18. Generally. In addition to the provisions set out in Section 4.5.102, General Street Standards, the design and construction of all new streets shall comply with the provisions of this Section.
    19. Alleys.
      1. Generally. Alleys established after the effective date shall comply with the standards of this Section.
      2. No Parking in Alleys. All alleys shall be posted "No Parking."
      3. Use of Alleys. Alleys may be used only:
        1. In residential development and/or districts, alleys shall be parallel, or approximately parallel to the frontage of the street.
        2. In nonresidential, mixed-used, and industrial development and/or districts, alleys shall be located in activity centers where it is necessary to provide service access to buildings. However, the City Commission may waive this requirement where other definite and assured provision is made for service access, including off-street loading, unloading and parking consistent with and adequate for the use proposed.
      4. Alley Right-of-Way. The standard alley right-of-way is:
        1. Nonresidential and Industrial Districts and Developments. Alleys shall be a minimum of 25 feet in width.
        2. Residential Districts and Developments. Alleys shall be a minimum of 25 feet in width.
      5. Surfacing and Edging. The surfacing and edging of alleys shall be in accordance with the City's Infrastructure Design Manual. If the alley is not paved in accordance to City standards, the proposed plat shall be accompanied by a covenant, condition, or restriction (CCR) that garbage collection shall be from the street only.
      6. Connectivity.
        1. Generally, alleys shall connect to public streets on both ends, and shall be dedicated to the City as public rights-of-way.
        2. Dead-end alleys shall be avoided where possible, but if unavoidable, shall provide an adequate turn-around at the dead-end, as determined by the City Engineer and Fire Department, and approved by the City Commission. The dead-end shall be developed in the following manner:
          1. Shorter than 150 feet in length; and
          2. The buildings that take access from the alley are constructed with fire protection sprinklers.
      7. Intersections and Alignment. Alley intersections and sharp changes in alignment shall be avoided but where necessary, corners shall be cut off sufficiently to permit safe vehicular movement.
      8. Crossings. Sidewalks shall continue across alleys at points of intersection.
      9. Services. New alleys shall be constructed as service streets, as follows:
        1. Natural gas and electric meters shall be readable from alleys, and not obstructed by fencing or landscaping.
        2. No structures or trees shall be built within the sight distance visibility triangle.
    20. Dead-End Streets/Cul-de-Sacs. Cul-de-sacs are allowed only as provided in this Subsection.
      1. Design Type. Dead-end streets, when designed to be so permanently, shall culminate in a cul-de-sac per the standards of this Subsection. Dead-end streets, when designed to be so temporarily, shall conform to Subsection C.7., Temporary Turnarounds, of this Section.
      2. Maximum Length. Dead-end streets in the form of a cul-de-sac, when designed to be so permanently, shall not be longer than 1,200 feet or serve more than 28 residential lots for single-family residential subdivisions and  800 feet for multi-family, nonresidential, and industrial developments (whichever is greater) as measured from a point beginning at the intersection of the cul-de-sac street centerline with the projection of the intersecting street's curb line, along the centerline of the cul-de-sac street to the cul-de-sac, and directly through the cul-de-sac to its furthest point from the point of beginning (see Figure 4.5.103A, Measurement of Cul-de-Sac Length).
    21. Figure 4.5.103A
      Measurement of Cul-de-Sac Length
        1. Radius. The minimum radii of cul-de-sacs shall be at least:
          1. Residential: 41 feet pavement to the face of curb; 50 feet right-of-way.
          2. Nonresidential: 90 feet pavement to the face of curb; 100 feet right-of-way.
        2. Driveways. Driveways that connect to the cul-de-sac shall be separated at the curb cut by at least:
          1. Residential: Three feet on one side and 40 feet (distance along curve) on the other side (see Figure 4.5.103B, Spacing of Cul-de-Sac Driveway Connections).
          2. Shared Residential: 30 feet on both sides.
          3. Nonresidential: Five feet on one side and 40 feet (distance along curve) on the other side.
      Figure 4.5.103B
      Spacing of Cul-de-Sac Driveway Connections
        1. Pedestrian and Bicycle Paths, Lanes, and Trail Connections. Cul-de-sacs are required to be connected to existing and proposed pedestrian and bicycle lanes, paths, and trails as set out in Section 4.5.202, Pedestrian and Bicycle Paths, Lanes, Trails.
        2. Temporary Turnarounds. Dead-end streets that are planned for extension to connect to future development shall terminate in a temporary turnaround with a 50 foot radius, which allows for emergency vehicles to turn around without backing ("T" and "Y"-shaped turnarounds are not allowed). The turnaround shall have a paved surface and a base that meets the requirements for a public street. A gravel surface may be allowed if the temporary turnaround will be in use for less than 12 months and security is provided to pave the turnaround if the anticipated connection is not made within 12 months.
      1.  
      1. Use and Beautification of Medians. Medians that are part of a dedicated public right-of-way may not be utilized for any purpose other than by the City or a public utility. However, a subdivider or other entity may beautify a median with landscaping with the approval of the City Commission, provided that:
        1. It does not interfere with existing or proposed public utilities;
        2. It conforms to the sight distance requirements of Subsection 4.5.102D., Sight Distance Triangle Requirements; and
        3. The applicant has submitted an agreement, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney, with regard to the entity that will have permanent responsibility for maintenance of and liability for such improvements. For residential median improvements, the responsible entity shall be the property owners' association.
      2. Subdivision Access. Streets that provide ingress and egress to a subdivision shall:
        1. Be connected to existing public streets at locations that will not:
          1. Create sight distance problems on the existing streets; or
          2. Interfere with the safe operation of existing intersections.
        2. When connected to collector or arterial streets, have the connecting intersections designed so as to minimize interruption of the flow of traffic on those collector or arterial streets. At a minimum:
          1. The dimensions of the street at the point of connection shall be a minimum of 80 feet in width by 140 feet in depth.
          2. Deceleration lanes and other traffic control improvements shall be provided on the collector or arterial streets, if warranted, to ensure safe traffic operations due to the impact of the proposed development on the street.
          3. If the subdivision includes more than 60 lots, a minimum of two exit lanes per access point shall be installed on the connecting subdivision street to minimize the delay of vehicles entering the collector or arterial street(s).
        3. Gatehouses or architectural features that highlight the entrance are permitted in the median of a subdivision entranceway, provided that it meets the provisions of this Section.
      3. Half Streets. Half streets shall be prohibited, except where essential to the reasonable development of the subdivision in conformity with the other requirements of this UDC and where the City Commission finds it will be practicable to require the dedication of the other half when the abutting property is subdivided. Wherever a half street has already been provided adjacent to a tract to be subdivided, the other remaining half of the street shall be platted with such subdivision.

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.104 Private Streets
    22. Public Access Required. Every lot and parcel in a subdivision shall be served by a public or private street, where permitted.
    23. Reserve Strips. There shall be no reserve strips controlling access to streets.
    24. Requirements for Private Streets. When private streets are permitted, they shall meet all of the following requirements:
      1. Private streets shall be laid out, designed, and constructed in the same manner as public streets;
      2. Street name signs shall indicate that the streets are private;
      3. The private streets will not interfere with the implementation of the adopted thoroughfare plan, capital improvements plan or program, or plans for construction or expansion of state or federal highways; and
      4. The private streets will not materially interfere with street connectivity in the City or create an unreasonable impact on an abutting public street by curtailing opportunities for alternative travel routes.
      5. Setbacks from private streets shall be measured in the same manner as setbacks from public streets.
    25. Gates and Guard Houses. Gates and guard houses are permitted at entries to private street subdivisions, provided that they comply with the standards of this Subsection.
      1. Gates shall be set back from the public street to allow for stacking, as follows:
        1. Two to 30 dwelling units: 20 feet
        2. 31 or more dwelling units: 40 feet
      2. The paved area behind the guest gate shall be sufficient to accommodate at least one vehicle without interfering with the use of the resident gate.
      3. Guard houses with gates are set back at least 40 feet from projected public right-of-way and provide access that is at least 18 feet in width and 14 feet in height. Clearance for construction equipment on trailers may be higher. More than 40 feet of setback may be required where the road serves more than 160 units, or it is demonstrated that the inbound traffic volume exceeds 120 vehicles per hour in the peak hours.
      4. The access between the guard house and the public street shall be an easement of 60 feet in width and a pavement width of 36 to 40 feet.
      5. An entry turnaround shall be provided between the guard house or gate and the public street.
      6. Police, fire, sanitation, and other public vehicles (e.g., postal and delivery services, school buses, etc.) shall be provided access. Access control devices shall meet regulations adopted by the City, including redundancy requirements. The description and specifications for the access control devices shall be submitted for approval with the final plat. The developer shall provide to the City all equipment necessary to operate the access control devices, as determined by the City and at no cost to the City.
    26. Required Covenants, Easements, and Plat Notations.
      1. The preliminary and final plat shall be annotated with a notice that the streets are private and subject to covenants, conditions, or restrictions (CCRs) for maintenance.
      2. All subdivision plats, deeds, and covenants , conditions, or restrictions shall indicate that the City will not accept a private street.
      3. Easements shall be provided for all public utilities.
      4. A property owners' association shall be established in a form approved by the City at the time of final plat approval, which will:
        1. Require all lot owners to be members;
        2. Collect dues and assessments to maintain the private roads;
        3. Keep an appropriate reserve fund to ensure periodic maintenance of the private roads; and
        4. Require maintenance of the private streets, traffic signals, street lights, and sidewalks.
      5. With respect to the maintenance of private streets, traffic signals (if any), street lights, and sidewalks, the property owners' association documents shall not be amended without the consent of the City.
      6. The plat shall contain an annotation in a form approved by the City Attorney that releases the City from all liability for damage that may be caused to the private streets, alleys, or security stations by the reasonable use of or access to said streets, alleys, or security stations for public purposes, including school busing, deliveries, law enforcement, utility maintenance, and emergency response.
      7. Each private street subdivision plat shall contain the following three paragraphs on the face of the plat:
        1. "The streets, as reflected upon the subdivision plat, have not been dedicated to the public for public access nor have been accepted by the City as public improvements, and the streets, street lights, traffic control devices, sidewalks and other improvements shall be maintained by the property owners’ association within the subdivision. The streets shall always be open to emergency vehicles, public and private utility service personnel, the United States Postal Service and governmental employees in pursuit of their official duties."
        2. "We, the undersigned owners of the land shown on this plat and designated herein as (Subdivision) do hereby grant an easement to the City of Richmond and those who may now or hereafter hold franchise under said City. The streets, street lights, traffic control devices, sidewalks and other improvements and easements thereon shown, surface use of the street and alleys is restricted to the employees or agents of the City of Richmond. Employees of utilities operating under franchise to the City of Richmond and residents of the subdivision and their guests."
        3. "The owners of lots served by the private streets, alleys, and access easements within this Plat agree to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless any governmental entity for damages to the private streets, alleys, and access easements occasioned by the reasonable use thereof by the government entity for governmental purposes, and to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless any governmental entity for damages arising from the condition of the private streets, alleys, or private access easements. The maintenance of private street signs shall not be the responsibility of the City of Richmond."
    27. Relationship to Other Sections of this UDC.
      1. Off-site improvements or escrows apply shall apply to private street developments.
      2. All private street easements shall be treated as public street right-of-way for purposes of determining compliance with the set back, lot frontage, and other requirements of this UDC that relate to the relationship between development and the abutting street.
    28. Connection of City Utilities. City utilities shall not be connected until the City Engineer has certified that the streets and utility lines have been constructed to City standards.
    29. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.201 Sidewalks
    30. Generally. Concrete sidewalks are required along all public and private streets in the City.
    31. Width.
      1. Minor Residential Streets. Sidewalks shall be a minimum of five feet along both sides of the street.
      2. Collector Streets. Sidewalks shall be a minimum of six feet along both sides of the street.
      3. Arterial Streets.
        1. Sidewalks shall be a minimum of eight feet along both sides of the street; or
        2. A shared-use path of 10 to 12 feet along one side of the street.
    32. Location of Sidewalks.
      1. Sidewalks shall be provided between the right-of-way line and the edge of pavement. Generally, the outer edge of the sidewalk shall be a minimum of two feet from private property lines.
      2. Sidewalks may meander into the parkway to protect the root systems of mature trees, provided that no sidewalk is located closer than three feet to the back of curb (or edge of pavement if no curb is present). This arrangement shall not reduce the right-of-way width requirement.
      3. Sidewalks shall also be installed in pedestrian access easements. The pedestrian access easement shall be a minimum of 10 feet.
    33. Completion of Sidewalk Networks. Adequate provision shall be made to ensure the timely completion of the sidewalk network associated with development. For subdivisions, the surety shall not be released until the sidewalks are complete.
    34. Mid-Block Crossings and Cul-de-sacs.
      1. Pedestrian access easements and sidewalks shall be located at mid-block crossings when the City block exceeds 750 feet in length, and in cul-de-sacs, when connections to other streets, cul-de-sacs, and off-street trails are within 150 feet, measured from the shortest distance between the two points.
      2. The width of the pedestrian access easement shall be at least 10 feet and the width of the sidewalk connection shall be a minimum of five feet (see Figure 4.5.201, Pedestrian Pathways in Residential Cul-de-sacs).
      3. Connections to off-street trails may be constructed of concrete if the trail that is being connected to is constructed of asphalt.
    35. Figure 4.5.201
      Pedestrian Pathways in Residential Cul-de-sacs
      1. Connections to Pedestrian and Bicycle Lanes, Paths, and Trails.
        1. Sidewalk located on the parcel proposed for development shall provide connections to any existing or proposed on-street bicycle lane or shared-use path or trail if said lane, path, or trail is located on or abutting the parcel proposed for development (see Section 4.5.202, Pedestrian and Bicycle Lanes, Paths and Trails).
        2. For any connection to an off-site lane, path, or trail that is not yet constructed, a pedestrian access easement and stub-out connection shall be required.
        3. Where the applicant does not control all of the property between the parcel proposed for development and the property that is needed to make a connection, the access through the development shall be dedicated in anticipation of connecting the access at a later date when the abutting property is developed or redeveloped.
      2. Modification of Sidewalk Requirements. Sidewalk requirements may be altered or waived if a sidewalk or trail plan that provides equal or greater pedestrian circulation is submitted to and approved by the City Commission at the time of a preliminary plat. These trade-offs may be permitted if better pedestrian and bicycle access and connectivity is provided through the use of off-street trails or shared-use pathways that connect to sidewalks or other off-street trails or shared-use pathways on the perimeter of the parcel proposed for development.

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.5.202 Pedestrian and Bicycle Paths, Lanes, and Trails
    36. Generally. The provisions of this Section are intended to implement the Richmond Trail Master Plan as new development and redevelopment occurs throughout the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ).
    37. Standards.
      1. Location. On-street bicycle lanes, shared-use paths, and other trails shall be required as part of a parcel proposed for development in locations as set out in the Richmond Trails Plan.
      2. Type and Construction. The type (e.g., on-street bicycle lane, shared-use path or trail) shall be in conformance with the specifications of the Richmond Trail Master Plan; and shall conform to all applicable ADA and/or AASHTO requirements.
      3. Access. All on-street bicycle lanes and shared-use paths and trails required by the Richmond Trail Master Plan shall be permanently accessible and open to the public.
    38. Plan Required. Required on-street bicycle lanes and shared-use paths and trails shall be designated on all development site plans and preliminary/final plats, and shall be posted upon completion of the proposed development.
    39. Maintenance. Unless accepted into the City's sidewalk and trail system by the City Commission, these facilities shall be maintained by the property owners' association.
    40. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.6.101 General Standards for All Infrastructure Improvement
    41. Generally. The City's public health, safety, and welfare is protected and advanced by safe, reliable, and sustainable water supply and safe and effective treatment of effluent. All utilities shall be constructed and installed at the owner/operators and/or developer's expense and meet the requirements of this UDC and state regulations.
    42. Connection Required. All new development that is within the City's utility service area shall be connected to the City's potable water and sanitary sewer lines or other central community sewer system. Water and/or sewer utilities are subject to payment of water and sewer impact and/or connection fees in effect at the time of issuance of the building permit or connection to the utility if no permit is required.
    43. Location. All new development shall locate utilities underground.
    44. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.6.102 Water Supply and Fire Connection
    45. Generally. Water supply for new parcels proposed for development shall be sufficient to provide for the development's potable water demand, irrigation needs, and fire protection needs. Water shall be supplied using fire-rated lines that are acceptable to the City's Fire Department, and installed to the specifications of the City Engineer using the City's Infrastructure Design Manual.
    46. Capacity. Applicants for development approval of new development, or changes to existing development that the Code Official finds are likely to involve material additional water demand, shall submit certification from the City Engineer that capacity is available to serve the proposed development.
    47. Fire Hydrants. Fire hydrants shall be provided and spaced to the specifications of the Fire Marshal and the most recently adopted Fire Code, or as set out in the Infrastructure Design Manual, whichever is greater.
    48. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.6.103 Sanitary Sewer
    49. Generally. Sanitary sewer service for new parcels proposed for development shall be sufficient to provide for the development's demand for such service. Sanitary sewer lines shall be installed to the specifications of the City Engineer using the City's Infrastructure Design Manual.
    50. Capacity. Applicants for development approval of new development, or changes to existing development that the Code Official finds are likely to involve material additional to the sanitary sewer demand, shall submit certification from the City Engineer that capacity is available to serve the proposed development.
    51. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.6.104 Electric and Gas Utilities
    52. Generally. Gas and electric service for new parcels proposed for development shall be sufficient to provide for the development's demand for such service. Gas and electric service lines shall be installed to the specifications of the City Engineer using the City's Infrastructure Design Manual.
    53. Gas Utility. The developer shall be responsible for providing gas for the subdivision from the nearest gas system available, at the developer's expense in accordance with an agreement entered into with the Code Official.
    54. Electric Utility. The developer shall be responsible for providing electrical connection from the nearest electrical system available, at the developer's expense in accordance with an agreement entered into with the Code Official. The point of service for the electric utility shall be near the property line of the premises to be served.
    55. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.101 Purpose and Application
    56. Purpose.
      1. The City Commission, in order to promote a positive City image reflecting harmony and order, finds that it is appropriate to regulate signs and to provide uniform sign standards.
      2. New businesses and industries are increasingly basing their decisions to locate in a particular area on the quality of life in that area. Regulation of visual clutter can help to preserve this quality and promote the steady growth that is vital to continued economic health and prosperity of this City.
      3. The City Commission recognizes that the proliferation of signs, without reasonable regulation and control, can create a hazardous driving condition by distracting the motoring public.
    57. Objective. The general objective of this Article is to promote health, safety, welfare, convenience, and enjoyment of the public while recognizing that the reasonable and orderly display of signs is a necessary public service and a necessity for the conduct of commerce and industry in the continuing quest to inform, direct, and attract shoppers and prospective clients.
    58. Application.
      1. Generally. All construction, relocation, enlargement, alteration, and modification of signs within the City shall conform to the requirements of this Article, all state and federal regulations concerning signs and advertising, and applicable building codes as adopted by the City and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ), and as may be amended from time to time.
      2. Extraterritorial Jurisdiction.
        1. In accordance with the provisions of V.T.C.A., Local Government Code § 216.902, the provisions of this Article shall extend to and be enforced in the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City.
        2. With respect to the application of the provisions of this Article within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City, whenever a lot, parcel, tract of land, or any piece of real property within the extraterritorial jurisdiction is put to use, the sign regulations that would pertain to that use, if such use was located within the City, shall apply. Specifically:
          1. Permanent Signs.
            1. Pertaining to Sec. 4.7.301, Residential District Standards, the provisions of this Section apply within the extraterritorial jurisdiction to all land uses defined as "residential" in Division 7.1.300, Definitions;
            2. Pertaining to Sec. 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed Use District Signs, the provisions of this Section apply within the extraterritorial jurisdiction to all land uses defined as "nonresidential", "public/institutional", and "mixed use" in Division 7.1.300, Definitions.
          2. Temporary Signs. Pertaining to Sec. 4.7.401, Standards for Temporary Signs by Type, the provisions of this Section apply within the extraterritorial jurisdiction to all land uses defined as "residential", "nonresidential", "public/institutional", and "mixed use" in Division 7.1.300, Definitions, as set out for the residential districts and nonresidential districts in Table 4.7.401, Temporary Sign Types
      3. Permit Required. No person, firm, or corporation shall erect, construct, install, demolish, convert, relocate, enlarge, repair, modify, or alter any sign within the City limits or the extraterritorial jurisdiction without a sign permit first having been obtained in conformance with this UDC.
      4. Signs for Uses Subject to a Conditional Use Permit. Generally, the regulations for signs established in this Article shall apply to uses that are subject to a conditional use permit. However, alternative rules may be recommended by the Planning and Zoning Commission and applied by the City Commission in granting a conditional use permit when it is deemed necessary for the protection of adjacent properties and the public interest.
      5. Signs Permitted Before Effective Date. If a permit for a sign has been issued in accordance with all City ordinances in effect prior to the effective date of this UDC, and provided that construction begins within six months of the effective date of this UDC and diligently pursued to completion, said sign may be completed in accordance with the approved plans on the basis of which the permit was issued, subject thereafter, if applicable, to the provisions of this UDC regarding nonconforming signs (s (s (see Section 6.1.105, Nonconforming Signs).
      6. Sign Permits Required. Signs requiring a permit under the provisions of this Article include:
        1. Canopy or awning sign;
        2. Directional/information sign;
        3. Directory sign;
        4. Electronic message center, electronic sign, or electronic video screen;
        5. Fascia sign or parapet sign;
        6. Freestanding signs;
        7. Home occupation sign, with a Limited Use Permit, provided one non-illuminated name plate not exceeding one square foot in area is used to identify the home occupation.
        8. Marquee sign;
        9. Menu board sign;
        10. Monument sign;
        11. Off-premise sign (Directional);
        12. Projecting sign within the Olde Town (OT), Downtown (DN), and Mixed Use (MU) districts;
        13. Subdivision entrance sign, subsequent to plat approval.
        14. Unofficial flag or flagpole;
        15. Wall sign; and
        16. Way-finding sign.
      7. Sign Permits Not Required. Signs not requiring a permit under the provisions of this Article include:
        1. Official flag or flagpole. One duly adopted official flag of each of the nation, state, county, or City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way or exceed the heights set out in this Code;
        2. Hanging sign;
        3. Incidental sign, provided they have a sign area of no more than two square feet;
        4. Integral sign;
        5. Official sign or legal notice;
        6. Residential name plat sign, subject to the standards of Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed Use District Sign Standards.
        7. Signs de Minimus. Signs that are securely affixed to a building or structure (even if wall signs are not permitted in the district or for the use), which do not exceed one square foot in sign area, provided that only one such sign is present on each building elevation that is visible from public street rights-of-way or neighboring property.
        8. Swing sign;
        9. Temporary sign, subject to issuance of a start/end date sticker:
          1. Attached promotional sign;
          2. Business establishment sign;
          3. Freestanding promotional sign;
          4. Interim sign;
          5. Portable signs:
            1. A-frame sign, provided the sign face area is no greater than 16 square feet, the sign height is no greater than six feet, the sign is not illuminated, and the sign contains no moving elements, subject to issuance of a start/end date sticker;
            2. Carried sign, excluding those that are set down or propped up against objects, subject to issuance of a start/end date sticker;
            3. Election sign, provided the sign face area is no greater than 16 square feet, the sign height is no greater than six feet, the sign is not illuminated, and the sign contains no moving elements, subject to issuance of a start/end date sticker;
            4. Real estate sign, provided the sign face area is no greater than 16 square feet, the sign height is no greater than six feet, the sign is not illuminated, and the sign contains no moving elements; and
          6. Promotional sign for noncommercial activity or event sign;
        10. Traffic control sign or device; and
        11. Window sign.​
    59. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.102 Administration
    60. Enforcement.  The duties of the Code Official under this Code include the following:
      1. Issuance of all permits required under this Article; and
      2. Requiring compliance with the provisions of this Article including:
        1. Inspection of any sign permitted, or required to be permitted by this Section;
        2. Appropriate actions to bring about compliance with this Article and other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the City;
        3. Investigation of any complaints of alleged violations of this Article; and
        4. Issuance of citations and stop work orders.
    61. Inspections.
      1. Inspection. The Code Official shall have the authority to inspect and approve each sign for which a permit is required under this Article.
      2. Identification. Whenever the Code Official shall enter upon private property, the Code Official shall notify any owner or lessee on the premises of his or her presence, and present his or her credentials. The Code Official may enter for the purposes of inspecting and investigating a sign, sign structures, or other structures, buildings or other premises or property during normal business hours. In cases where the Code Official reasonably determines that hazards exist that may result in imminent injury to persons, loss of life or severe property damage, and where the owner, agent, or tenant in charge of the property is determined to not be available after the Code Official has made a good faith effort to locate them, then the Code Official may enter the buildings, structures, and premises at any time upon the presentation of property identification to any person on the premises.
      3. Denial of Access and Warrant. Whenever the Code Official is denied admission to inspect any premises, then inspection shall be made only under authority of a warrant issued by a magistrate authorizing the inspection.
    62. Stop Work Orders.
      1. Stop Work.  Upon notice and issuance of a stop work order from the Code Official, work on any sign that is being conducted in a manner contrary to this Article or is being conducted in a dangerous or unsafe manner shall be immediately stopped.
      2. Revocation of Permits.  Where the Code Official reasonably determines that an emergency exists, written notice shall not be required to be given by the Code Official. Following issuance of a stop work order, the Code Official shall initiate proceedings to revoke any permit issued for the work covered by such stop work order consistent with the procedures set forth herein, unless the cause of the stop order is resolved to the Code Official’s satisfaction.
    63. Sign Permits.
      1. Permit Required.  No person shall erect, reconstruct, alter, or relocate a sign within the City limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) without having first applied for and received a construction permit from the Building Official to do so, subject to the exceptions set out in this Section.
      2. Application Procedure. The application for a sign permit shall be submitted in such form as prescribed by the Building Official, and shall be accompanied by drawings, plats and other descriptive data to demonstrate compliance with this Article. Sign permit applications for new signs shall be accompanied by a drawing of the sign structure. A construction plan for a sign shall be prepared by and certified by a professional engineer when, in the opinion of the Building Official, the structural elements of such sign indicate certification is necessary in the interest of public safety. All applications for sign permits shall comply with the requirements of the officially adopted City Building Code, as amended from time to time.
      3. Application Verified. Every application for a sign permit shall be executed and verified under oath by:
        1. The owner of the premises upon which the sign is to be or has been constructed; or
        2. The authorized lessee of such premises.
      4. Affidavit. The application shall include an affidavit that:
        1. The sign is authorized to be erected on the premises; and
        2. The sign may thereafter be operated and maintained on the premises.
      5. Term of Sign Permits. A sign permit shall be effective for a period of 180 days. Not less than 15 days prior to conclusion of each permit period, an application may be made for an extension of the permit.  An extension application shall be submitted in such form as the Building Official may prescribe, accompanied by the payment of the applicable fees, executed and verified and contain the sworn affidavit described in Subsection E., above.
    64. Operating Permits.
      1. Application Procedure. The application for an operating permit shall be submitted in such form as prescribed by the Building Official, and shall be accompanied by drawings, plats and other descriptive data to demonstrate compliance with this Article. All applications for operating permits shall comply with the requirements of the City’s officials adopted Building, Electrical, and Fire Codes, as amended from time to time.
      2. Application Verified. Every application for an operating permit shall be executed and verified under oath by:
        1. The owner of the premises on which the sign is located; or
        2. The authorized lessee of such premises.  The application so verified may include an affidavit that the sign may be operated and maintained on the premises.
      3. On-Premise Sign Operating Permits. On-premise operating permits are required for electronic message centers, video screens, portable signs, and temporary signs.
      4. Off-Premise Sign Operating Permit. Off-premise sign operating permits are required. No person shall erect, reconstruct, alter, relocate, operate or use an off-premise sign, within the City limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) without having first applied for and received an operating permit from the Building Official to do so, subject to the exceptions set out below in this Section.
        1. Except for changing sign face content, a sign permit shall be required for any existing off-premise sign that is being erected, repaired, reconstructed, altered, relocated, or rebuilt.
        2. An operating permit shall be effective for one year. Not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to conclusion of each one year period, an application may be made for a one year extension of the permit. An extension application shall be submitted in such form as the Building Official may prescribe, accompanied by the payment of the applicable fees, executed and verified and containing the sworn affidavit described in Subsection E., above.
        3. Every off-premise sign shall prominently display the City of Richmond Sign Operating Permit Plate and shall securely attach the sign permit plate to the part of the sign structure that is nearest to and visible from the closest right-of-way. The Building Official shall issue to the owner and operator of each permitted sign a written operating permit, a copy of which shall be maintained as an official City record.
        4. Operating permits are non-transferable.
    65. Building Code Compliance. All signs shall be securely fastened or anchored to a building, wall, structural framing to resist stress and loads pursuant to standards set out in the officially adopted City Building Code, as amended from time to time.
    66. Wind Load Requirements. Signs erected or placed in accordance with this Article shall withstand wind load pressures in pounds per square foot as set out below in Table 4.7.102, Wind Load Pressure in Pounds per Square Foot.
    67. Table 4.7.102
      Wind Load Pressure in Pounds per Square Foot
      Height, in feet above ground, as measured above the average level of the ground adjacent to the structure to the top of the sign Pressure (pounds per square foot)
      0 - 5 0
      6 - 30 20
      31 - 50 25
      51 - 99 35
      1. Electrical Code Compliance. All electrically illuminated signs that are equipped with any electrical devices or appliances shall conform to the provisions of the officially adopted City Electrical Code, as amended from time to time, and shall require a separate electrical permit obtained by a state licensed electrician.
      2. Fire Code Compliance. It shall be unlawful to erect, construct, use, or maintain a sign or other outdoor advertising display in violation of the officially adopted City Fire Code, as amended from time to time, including the obstruction by a sign of, or an attachment to, any fire escape, window, door or opening required as a means of escape/egress or ventilation by the City Fire Code or Building Code.
      3. Fees.  The fees for sign permits and operating permits shall be promulgated by the City Commission, which may be amended from time to time.

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.103 Prohibited Signs, Locations in Right-of-Way, Design Elements, and Content; Exempted Signs
    68. Generally. This Section identifies signs and sign elements that are not allowed anywhere in the City or extraterritorial jurisdiction.
    69. Prohibition of Attention-Getting Devices and Items. It shall be unlawful for any person to place, erect, maintain, or display any attention-getting device on any private or public property. No attention-getting device shall be eligible for a permit under this Article. Enforcement of this Section shall be the duty of the Code Official or any law enforcement officer. Attention-getting devices shall not include any sign permitted under this Article.
    70. Prohibited Signs. The following signs shall be prohibited in the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction:
      1. Mobile, portable, or wheeled signs, excluding those set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs.
      2. Banners, posters, pennants, ribbons, streamers, strings of light bulbs, spinners, or other windblown or moving devices;
      3. Signs erected nearer than six feet to any telephone cable, power line, or street light pole or mass arm;
      4. Signs erected or maintained on trees, or painted or drawn upon rocks or other natural features;
      5. Signs placed on parked vehicles or trailers for the purpose of advertising a product or business located on the same or abutting property, excepting an identification sign that is affixed to a vehicle regularly operated in the pursuance of day-to-day business or activity of an enterprise, with the exceptions set out in Subsection F., below;
      6. Freestanding signs located within any railroad right-of-way that is not used for or related to railroad operations;
      7. Signs placed, inscribed or supported upon a roof or upon any structure that extends above the roof line of any building;
      8. Inflatable materials, shapes, or devices;
      9. Any sign adjacent to or viewable from public right-of-way which resembles official traffic signs or signals, or which bear the word "stop", "go slow", "caution", "danger", "warning", or similar words or any sign which by reason of size, color, location, movement, or manner of illumination, may be confused with a traffic control sign, signal, or device;
      10. Lighted signs within 100 feet of a residential district or use, unless lighting is shielded from view in the direction of the residential area, as set out in Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements;
      11. Beacons or searchlights;
      12. High intensity strobe lights;
      13. Cabinet signs;
      14. Pole signs;
      15. Billboard signs;
      16. Projecting signs, except within the Olde Town (OT), Downtown (DN), and Mixed-Use (MU) Districts;
      17. Signs with more than two sign faces;
      18. Any signs on residential premises, except residential name plates, signs for a home occupation, content based, and temporary signs displayed during construction and in connection with construction operations, and temporary signs pertaining to the sale of an addition or subdivision;
      19. Signs located in a floodway or the 100-year floodplain without compliance and approval from the Floodplain Administrator;
      20. Signs with no sign permits issued for off-premise signs on or after November 2, 1998;
      21. Signs containing statements, words, or pictures of an obscene, indecent, or immoral nature; or
      22. A sign with a flashing light or flashing electric light of any kind or color within 1,000 feet of any state maintained street, roadway, or highway intersections, unless a permit is granted by the Texas Department of Transportation for such flashing light or flashing electric sign.
    71. Prohibited Sign Obstructions and Locations.
      1. Signs projecting from a building or extending over a public right-of-way in the Olde Town (OT) District, Downtown (DN) District, and Mixed-Use (MU) Districts shall maintain a clear height of nine feet above the sidewalk grade, and all such signs shall not extend more than two feet of the curbline.
      2. In no instance shall a sign extend into the right-of-way of any state-maintained street or highway, unless an encroachment permit is issued by the City.
      3. In no event shall a sign, whether temporary or permanent, obstruct:
        1. Features of the building or site that are necessary for public safety, including standpipes and fire hydrants;
        2. Any opening required for legal ventilation;
        3. Any fire hydrant, traffic light, or street light, or hamper the function of the Fire Department or other public safety provider;
        4. Any fire escape, window or door, or opening used as a means of ingress or egress; or
        5. The view of a sight distance triangle.
    72. Prohibited Signs on Public Property or in Public Rights-of-Way.
      1. A person may not cause or authorize a sign to be installed, used, or maintained on or over a public property or public right-of-way, except as authorized by this Article.
      2. The primary beneficiary of any sign installed in violation of this Article is presumed to have authorized or caused the installation, use, or maintenance of the sign in violation of this Article and commits an offense. Proof of a culpable mental state is not required for conviction of an offense under this Section.
      3. Each sign found in violation of this Section shall constitute a separate offense. An offense under this Section is punishable by a fine of not less than that promulgated by the City Commission, as amended from time to time.
      4. A person who commits an offense shall remove the object.  In addition to other enforcement remedies, a person who fails to remove an object within 48 hours after being notified of the offense in writing by the Code Official  is subject to a civil penalty, as promulgated by the City Commission.
      5. Any sign or other advertising device installed, used, or maintained on or over any public property or public right-of-way shall be seized and its removal is hereby authorized. Any law enforcement officer or staff person set out in Division 6.2.200, City staff and Other Review Bodies, are authorized to impound any unlawful signs in the public right-of-way and to transport or cause the same to be transported to a location designated by the Code Official for storage.
      6. The Code Official shall maintain records of the location of the impounded signs and the date on which the signs were impounded.
      7. The Code Official shall hold an impounded sign for 30 days in the storage location. Any signs so held may be redeemed by the owner upon the payment of a fee as promulgated by the City Commission, which may be amended from time to time. The fee shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any fine imposed on the sign owner or person unlawfully placing the sign on public property or in public right-of-way.  Any sign impounded and stored and not redeemed by the owner within 30 days may be disposed of or transferred for disposition as surplus property of the City to be sold at public auction.
      8. The Code Official may impound and dispose of light weight stake or wire-mounted signs constructed of cloth, fabric, plastic, paper, cardboard, foam board or other light weight material with a sign area of 16 square feet or less without regard to the storage procedures of this Section.
      9. Notice is not required to be given to the owner or beneficiary of a sign removed under this Section, either before the removal or before the disposition or destruction of the sign.
    73. Prohibited Sign Materials. The following sign materials shall be prohibited in the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction:
      1. Paper and cloth signs that are not suitable for exterior use (except high quality, weather-resistant cloth for awnings).
      2. Wood signs that are not sealed and maintained to keep moisture from deteriorating the sign.
      3. Signs constructed of plywood or particle board with painted or "sticker" letters.
    74. Prohibited Sign Color. Iridescent colors are prohibited.
    75. Prohibited Design Elements.
      1. The following elements shall not be used as an element of signs or sign structures, whether temporary or permanent:
        1. Sound, smoke, or odor emitters.
        2. Balloons.
        3. Awnings that are back lit and/or made of plastic or vinyl, excluding substitute material.
        4. Stacked products (e.g., tires, soft drink cases, bagged soil or mulch).
        5. Unfinished wood support structures, except that stake signs may use unfinished stakes.
      2. The following elements shall not be used as an element of signs or sign structures, whether temporary or permanent, which are visible from public right-of-way:
        1. Banners (including foil), or comparable elements that are designed to move in the wind, but only when such elements are attached to another sign type (e.g., flags may be attached to flagpoles, but may not be attached to monument signs).
        2. Revolving, rotating, whirling, spinning, or other moving parts to attract attention.
        3. Bare light bulbs, except on holiday displays which are exempted from regulation by Subsection H.2., below.
        4. Flashing lights, except on holiday displays which are exempted from regulation by Subsection H.2., below.
        5. Motor vehicles, unless:
          1. The vehicles are functional, used as motor vehicles, and have current registration and tags; and
          2. The display of signage is incidental to the motor vehicle use. (see Figure 4.7.103, Vehicle Signs)
        6. Semi-trailers, shipping containers, or portable storage units, unless:
          1. The trailers, containers, or portable storage units are functional, used for their primary storage purpose, and, if subject to registration, have current registration and tags; and
          2. The display of signage is incidental to the use for temporary storage, pick-up, or delivery; and
          3. The semi-trailer is parked in a designated loading area or on a construction site at which it is being used for deliveries or storage.
    76. Figure 4.7.103
      Vehicle Signs
      1. Prohibited Sign Content.
        1. Without reference to the viewpoint of the individual speaker:
          1. Text or graphics of an indecent or immoral nature and harmful to minors;
          2. Text or graphics that advertise unlawful activity;
          3. Text or graphics that are obscene, fighting words, defamation, incitement to imminent lawless action, or true threats; or
          4. Text or graphics that present a clear and present danger due to their potential confusion with traffic control signs or signs that provide safety information (for example, signs adjacent to or viewable from public right-of-way that use the words "Stop", "Yield", "Caution", or "Danger", or comparable words, phrases, symbols, or characters in such a manner as to imply a safety hazard that does not exist).
        2. The narrow classification of content that is prohibited by this Subsection is either not protected by the United States or Texas Constitutions, or is offered limited protection that is outweighed by the substantial governmental interests in protecting the public safety and welfare. It is the intent of the City Commission that each paragraph of this Subsection (e.g., Subsection G. 1.) be individually severable in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction is to hold one or more of them to be inconsistent with the United States or Texas Constitutions.
      2. Unsafe Signs. If the Code Official, or a designee, finds that a sign regulated by this Article is an immediate peril to persons or property, the Code Official shall cause it to be removed summarily and without notice. Signs determined to be unsafe, insecure, or a menace to the public shall be removed within five calendar days after written notification is provided to the owner or occupant of the building or property. Removal of an unsafe sign by the Code Official, or a designee, shall be at the expense of the owner of the sign or the owner of the property on which the sign is located.
      3. Exempted Signs. The provisions of this Article shall apply to the following signs, except that no sign permit will be required:
        1. Prior Existing Signs. A legal sign in existence before the effective date of this UDC;
        2. Holiday Displays. Temporary displays, commonly associated with any national, local, or religious holiday or celebration for a duration not to exceed 90 days per holiday.
        3. Official Signs. Federal, state, or local government traffic, directional, and informational signs and notices issued by any court, person, or officer in performance of a public duty.
        4. Political Signs. See Section 4.7.301, Residential District Signs, and Section 4.2.203, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use District Signs.
        5. Public Utility Signs. Signs giving information about the location of underground electric transmission lines, telephone properties and facilities, pipelines, public sewers, or water lines.
        6. Real Estate Signs. Temporary signs advertising the sale, lease, or development of the property:
          1. Such signs shall be located on the property that is for sale or lease or on property owned by the developer of the lot, parcel, or subject tract.
          2. Only one sign is allowed per abutting street frontage.
          3. Each sign shall not exceed 36 square feet in residential districts and 64 square feet in nonresidential districts.
        7. Residential Name Plate Signs. Signs indicating the address of the residence, not to exceed two square feet in area.
        8. Safety, Warning, and Directional Signs. Signs warning of construction, excavation, or similar hazards, and parking lot and other private traffic directional signs, each not to exceed the uniform sizes recommended in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways". Such signs are limited to directing pedestrian and vehicular traffic within the premises on which they are located and shall not advertise a product or service.
      4. Signs Declared Illegal. Any sign owned, kept, displayed, or maintained by any person, firm, or corporation which is not in conformance with the provisions of this Code is declared to be illegal. The Code Official, or a designee, shall declare such sign to be illegal and such declaration shall state the reason or reasons why such sign and the keeping, owning, maintenance, and display or operation of such sign is illegal under the terms of this Code.
        1. The Code Official shall serve notice of such declaration upon the owner of the premises upon which the illegal sign is located, together with a notice requiring that within five working days the parties shall:
          1. Obtain the required permit; or
          2. Contract either for the repair or improvement of the illegal sign; or
          3. Contract for the demolition or removal of the illegal sign, whichever is required by the notice.
        2. Each such assessment shall be a lien against each lot or tract of land assessed, until paid and shall have a priority over all other liens except general taxes and prior special assessments. For all purposes of this Code, the owner of the premises shall be presumed to be the owner of all signs thereon, unless the contrary shall appear from facts brought to the attention of the Code Official.
        3. Following passage of such a resolution, the City Clerk shall certify the same to the county, who shall collect the assessment in the same manner as other taxes are collected.
        4. If payment is not received within the period of 30 days following the mailing of such notice, the City Clerk shall inform the City Commission of the fact and the City Commission may enact a resolution assessing the whole cost of such work, including five percent for inspection and other incidental costs in connection the work upon the lots or tracts of land from which the sign has been removed.
        5. Upon receipt of such a statement, the City Clerk shall mail a notice to the owner of said premises as shown by the records of the County by certified mail, postage prepaid, notifying such owner that work has been performed pursuant to this Code, stating the date of performance of the work, the nature of the work, and demanding payment of the cost thereof (as certified by the Code Official), together with the five percent for the inspection and other incidental costs in connection the work. Such notice shall state that if said amount is not paid to the City within 30 days of mailing of the notice, it shall become an assessment upon and a lien against the property of said owner, describing the same, and will be certified as an assessment against such property.
        6. Bids shall be taken by the Code Official to establish the cost of demolition. When the work is completed, the Code Official shall certify to the City Clerk the legal description of the property upon which the work was done, together with the name of the owner thereof, as shown by the records of the county or together with a statement of work performed, the date of performance and the cost thereof.
        7. In the event that the owner of the premises, or person entitled to possession, or the owner of the sign, shall fail, neglect, or refuse to comply with the notice to repair, improve, demolish, or remove the sign declared to be illegal, or obtain any required permits within the required time, said parties may be prosecuted for violation of this Code and the Code Official may demolish and remove the sign declared illegal and the Code Official may be aided by injunction to abate the illegal sign and to ensure his peaceful entry on the premises.
        8. The notice given by the Code Official shall state the remedial action required and shall also state that if such action is not taken within the time limit set out in this Code, the cost of abatement shall be assessed against the property on which the sign is located, together with an additional five percent for the inspection and incidental costs and collected in the same manner as real estate taxes against the property.
        9. When it is determined by the Code Official that any sign could cause imminent danger to the public and contact cannot be made with the sign owner or owner of the premises, no written notice may be served. In this situation, the Code Official may correct the danger, all costs being assessed as prescribed in this Section.
        10. Such action shall be completed within 30 days from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the Code Official. Service of such notice and declaration shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address shown by the records of the county. The designated period for compliance with the order of the Code Official shall commence within five working days following the receipt of said notice.

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.104 Sign Maintenance and Inspection
    77. Generally. Signs and the ground area around signs shall be maintained as provided in this Section. These regulations apply to all signs, temporary or permanent, attached or freestanding, unless otherwise specifically provided in this Division.
    78. Responsibility. The persons responsible for maintenance of a permitted sign shall be the owner, the lessee of the property on which the sign is located, and the sign permit holder, if different from the owner or the lessee of the property. The responsibility for compliance with the maintenance of the sign is joint and several, so that the owner, the lessee, or permit holder are each responsible for the maintenance of the sign.
    79. Safe and Structurally Sound. All permitted signs shall be maintained in a safe and structurally sound condition, consistent with their design and construction approved by the City at the time of construction. All structural elements shall be maintained to resist wind loads as prescribed in the wind design and structural requirements of the City Building Code.
    80. Maintenance and Removal of Signs. Signs that do not have a permit, or are not maintained as set out in this Section, are subject to the provisions set out in this Subsection.
      1. Message. Signs shall display messages. Signs that do not display a message for a period of more than 90 days are "abandoned signs".
      2. Upkeep of Ground Around Sign. No person constructing, erecting, owning, or controlling a freestanding ground sign shall fail, refuse, or neglect to remove all weeds, rubbish, or flammable waste or material within a distance of 10 feet on each side of the base of such sign structure.
      3. Sign Structure, Generally. No person shall fail to keep a permanent sign and its structural supports in good repair and safe condition (including replacement of defective parts). This Subsection shall be enforced as provided by Division 6.4.200, Enforcement.
      4. Paint and Finishes. Paint and other finishes shall be maintained in good condition. Peeling finishes shall be repaired. Signs with running colors shall be repainted, repaired, removed, or replaced if the running colors were not part of the original design.
      5. Deterioration. All braces, bolds, clips, supporting frames and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, termite infestation, rot or loosening. 
      6. Mineral Deposits and Stains. Mineral deposits and stains shall be promptly removed.
      7. Corrosion and Rust. Permanent signs and sign structures shall be finished and maintained to prevent corrosion and rust. A patina on copper elements is not considered rust.
      8. Level Position. Signs that are designed to be level shall be installed and maintained in a level position.
      9. Fastening and Anchoring. All signs shall be securely fastened or anchored to a building wall, structural framing, or other foundation with a sufficient number of bolts or anchors to resist stress resulting from the dead weight of the sign and wind loads (see adopted City building code for allowable working stresses). Trees, rocks, bridges, fences, windmills, towers, utility poles, or buildings deemed unsafe by the Code Official shall not be used for sign purposes.
      10. Materials. All signs shall be constructed of durable materials and securely attached to framework, with supports made of masonry, wood, metal, or other material of equivalent strength.
      11. Electric Wiring. Electrically illuminated signs or signs which are equipped in any way with electrical devices or appliances shall conform to the provisions of the City Electrical Code, as amended from time to time.
    81. Sign Inspections. The Building Official or Code Official shall have the right to visit any site where a sign is being erected, or enter any building where a sign is being constructed for installation within the City or extraterritorial jurisdiction, for the purpose of making any inspection necessary.
    82. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.105 Relocation, Reconstruction, and Removal of Signs
    83. Generally. Subject to the requirements of Texas Local Gov't Code, Chapter 216, Regulation of Signs by Municipalities, the City may require the relocation, reconstruction, or removal of any sign within the City limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction.
    84. Removal of Sign. The Code Official may order the removal of any sign that is not maintained in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.7.104, Sign Maintenance and Inspection. If any sign is installed, erected, or constructed in violation of the terms of this UDC, the Code Official shall notify, by registered mail or written notice served personally, the owner or lease holder thereof to alter such sign so as to comply with this Article and to secure the required permit, or to remove the sign. If such order is not in compliance within 30 days, the Code Official shall remove the sign at the expense of the owner/operator.
    85. Removal of Unsafe and Destroyed Signs. Should any sign, in the opinion of the Code Official, become unsecure or in danger of falling, abandoned, or is otherwise unsafe, the Code Official shall give notice of the condition of the sign to the person owning, leasing, or responsible for the sign. Such person so notified shall:
      1. Correct the unsafe condition of the sign in a manner approved by the Code Official in conformity with this Article; or
      2. Remove or dismantle the sign.
    86. Illegal Sign Removal. The Code Official may, without paying compensation, remove any illegal sign placed in the public right-of-way.
    87. Owner Compensation. The owner of any existing legal sign that is required to be relocated, reconstructed, or removed is entitled to be compensated by the City for costs associated with the relocation, reconstruction, or removal, as set out in Texas Local Gov't Code, Chapter 216, Regulation of Signs by Municipalities.
    88. Removal with No Compensation. The Code Official may, without paying compensation, as set out in Texas Local Gov't Code, Chapter 216, Regulation of Signs by Municipalities, require the removal of an on-premise sign or sign structure not sooner than the first anniversary of the date the business, person, or activity that the sign or sign structure identifies or advertises ceases to operate on the premises on which the sign or sign structure is located. If the premises containing the sign or sign structure is leased, a municipality may not require removal under this Section sooner than the second anniversary after the date the most recent tenant ceases to operate on the premises.
    89. Abandoned Signs. All on-premise, abandoned signs and their supports shall be removed within 90 days from the date of abandonment.
    90. Natural Disaster Time Extensions. All damaged signs shall be removed within 90 days from the date of damage except in times of natural disaster. The Code Official shall have the authority to grant a one time extension not to exceed 90 days for abandoned, non-damaged signs, provided that the extension is required in writing.
    91. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.201 Design Standards for Freestanding Signs
      The following standards and requirements apply to all freestanding signs, in all districts and throughout the extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ), unless otherwise specified.

      1. Placement.
        1. No portion of a freestanding sign may be placed in which any part of the sign or structure would be closer than 10 feet of a curb line, public roadway, property line, assumed property line, or lot line.
        2. No portion of a freestanding sign may encroach on any easement, right-of-way, lot line, access easement, or property line.
        3. Freestanding signs shall only be placed in the applicable setback/building lines or 35 feet, whichever is less.
        4. No sign may be placed, located, or illuminated so that it:
          1. Obscures or interferes with the effectiveness of an official traffic sign, signal, or device;
          2. Obstructs or interferes with the view of approaching, emerging or intersecting traffic; or
          3. Prevents any traveler on any street from obtaining a clear view of approaching vehicles.
      2. Architectural Standards. Architectural elements, design, style, and form shall be utilized to add treatments and adornments to the structural members such as poles, beams, columns, pylons, and similar members.  Freestanding signs must be designed and constructed to substantially appear as a solid mass, such as a cylinder, block, rectangle, or square, from ground level to the highest portion of the sign.  Support structures should not appear as simple straight metal poles or columns, especially when used singularly or in simple pairs.
        1. Sign Construction: Signs may be constructed of materials similar to the materials used in the building elevation or other materials as approved by the City.
        2. Permanent Materials. Sign faces or any sign content shall be of permanent materials and shall not be fabric, plastic fabric, plastic sheeting, paper, or other material which may be easily damaged and/or deteriorate; although sign face areas may be constructed of wood, metal, plastic or other materials provided that all wood or metal surfaces are painted or otherwise weatherproofed.
        3. Certain Materials. Structural members and supports shall not be of wood, plastic, or similar materials unless they are declared as part of the building elevation materials’ style theme or development style theme, but which shall be specifically designed by a structural engineer.
        4. Mitigating Factors. Landscaping and other mitigating factors may be added as part of the plan to achieve these architectural requirements.
        5. Monument Signs. Monument sign structures may be of masonry or similar materials and shall be placed upon adequate footings and a foundation.
        6. Addressing. The site address, including the street name, may be included as part of a freestanding sign.
      3. Sign Overlay Districts. For the purpose of regulating the height, width, and face area of freestanding signs for single tenant and multi-tenant buildings or developments along the City's primary corridors and for special areas, there are hereby established the following sign overlay districts:
        1. General District Descriptions and Boundaries.
          1. District 1:
            1. U.S. Highway 59 / Southwest Freeway / Interstate 69 from the common City limit line with the City of Sugar Land, west to the eastern City limits of Rosenberg, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 500 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways; and
            2. U.S. Highway 90-A from the Grand Parkway west to Pitts Road, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 500 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highway.
          2. District 2:
            1. U.S. Highway 90-A from Pitts Road west to the Brazos River, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 500 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highway; and
            2. F.M. Highway 2218/1640 from the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railroad west to the City limits of Rosenberg, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways; and
            3. Thompson Road and F.M. Highway 762 from Austin Street south to the Golfview / F.M. 2218 intersection, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways; and
            4. Jackson Street and U.S. Highway 90-A from the South 1st Street / F.M. Highway 762 intersection west to the City limits of Rosenberg, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways; and
            5. Williams Way Boulevard and Ransom Road along the entire length and route, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways.
          3. District 3:
            1. F.M. Highway 359 from the Union Pacific Railroad, north and west to F.M. Highway 723, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways; and
            2. F.M. Highway 762 and Thompson Road, from the Golfview Drive / F.M. Highway 1640 / F.M. Highway 2218 intersection south to the Crabb River Road / F.M. Highway 2759 intersection, to include all parcels, in whole or in part, that are within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line, including frontage roads, as applicable, of the above described highways.
        2. Other Areas. All other areas of the City limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) that are not within the above generally described overlay districts shall comply with the standards set out in Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign Types. Specifically, this includes the Courthouse area, which is described as Jackson Street, U.S. Highway 90-A from the South 11th Street / F.M. Highway 762 intersection east to the Brazos River, excluding any portion inside the Richmond Historic District (see Sec. 2.1.103, Historic Overlay District).
        3. Applicability of Sign Overlay Districts. The design standards of this Section and the dimensional standards set out in Sec. 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed Use District Signs, apply within the City limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) to all premises, properties, development, redevelopment, and future development, within the depth of the lot or tract, up to a maximum of 300 feet, or as specified within this Section.
        4. Map. The areas generally described above are shown on the District Map of the West Fort Bend Management District (WFBMD), which are described by metes and bounds descriptions in Exhibit A of the Recodified Architectural and Landscaping Standards and Guidelines.
      4. Sign Overlay District Standards. The dimensional standards for freestanding signs in each of the sign overlay districts, and areas that are outside of the sign overlay districts, are set out in Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed Use Sign Types, for which the multi-tenant signs are graphically illustrated below.
      Figure 4.7.201A
      Dimensional Standards for Sign Overlay District 1
      Figure 4.7.201B
      Dimensional Standards for Sign Overlay District 2
      Figure 4.7.201C
      Dimensional Standards for Sign Overlay District 3
      Figure 4.7.201D
      Dimensional Standards for Areas Outside of the Sign Overlay Districts

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.202 Message Centers
    92. A.
      Generally. Manual changeable copy and electronic message centers may be used in monument signs, pylon signs, and marquee signs to a limited degree, pursuant to the applicable standards of this Section.
    93. B.
      Electronic Message Centers. Electronic message centers may be incorporated into signage as follows:
      1. 1.
        Design Requirements.
        1. a.
          Electronic message centers are only permitted as an integral element of a monument sign, pylon sign, or marquee signs, which enclose the electronic message center component on all sides with a finish of brick, stone, stucco, powder coated metal, anodized aluminum, or the surface of the sign face that extends not less than six inches from the electronic message center in all directions.
        2. b.
          Electronic message centers shall make up not more than 33 percent of the sign area of a monument or pylon sign or the lesser of 100 square feet or 40 percent of the sign area of a marquee sign. The balance of the sign area shall utilize permanent, dimensional letters or symbols.
        3. c.
          No sign structure that includes a manual changeable copy sign may also include an electronic message center (see Figure 4.7.202A, Electronic Message Center Design Requirements).
    94. Figure 4.7.202A
      Electronic Message Center Design Requirements
      1. C.
        Operational Requirements. Electronic message centers:
        1. 1.
          Are prohibited in the Downtown (DN) and Olde Town (OT) Districts, with the exception of permitted marquee signs;
        2. 2.
          Are permitted in the Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR), Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park, and Suburban Commercial (SC) Districts subject to the following standards:
          Figure 4.7.202B
          Electronic Message Center Orientation
          1. a.
            Placement. Electronic message centers shall be placed with consideration of the impacts on abutting or adjacent residential districts and uses. In all cases, and to the maximum extent practicable, electronic message centers shall be located at a point with the greatest dimension and separation from the property line of a residential use or the boundary line of a residential district.
          2. b.
            Design. In addition to the standards of this Section, the design of electronic message centers may help to eliminate or, at a minimum, mitigate their impacts. The alternative orientations are illustrated in Figure 4.7.202B, Electronic Message Center Orientation, which, in order of descending preference, include:
            1. 1.
              Electronic message center placed parallel to the street;
            2. 2.
              Double-faced electronic message center with the sign faces angled such that they are readable to passing motorist but yet oriented so as not to cause visibility or glare; and
            3. 3.
              Electronic message centers placed perpendicular to the street.
          3. c.
            Buffering. For angular, double-faced electronic message centers and those that are placed perpendicular to the street, a Type A bufferyard is required whereby the required trees and shrubs shall create a visual buffer to a minimum height of 12 feet.
          4. d.
            Illumination. Illumination of electronic message centers shall be as set out in Section 4.7.203, Illumination of Signs.
        3. 3.
          Shall not:
          1. a.
            Be permitted if there is a nonconforming electronic message center, owned by the same person, firm, or corporation, within 1,320 feet of the proposal location, unless the nonconforming sign becomes conforming;
          2. b.
            Blink, rotate, move, chase, flash, glare, strobe, scintillate, or in any fashion be distracting to the traveling public or the public in general;
          3. c.
            Include audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (Bluetooth advertising) components;
          4. d.
            Be included on or used as portable or temporary signs, except for a menu board;
          5. e.
            Use transitions (scroll, roll, and/or fade in/out) or frame effects between messages; and
        4. 4.
          Shall:
          1. a.
            Be monochromatic;
          2. b.
            Contain static messages only, excluding animation or video;
          3. c.
            Display messages for a period of not less than 15 seconds;
          4. d.
            Contain a default design that will freeze the sign in one position with no more illumination than 0.3 footcandles above ambient light in a malfunction occurs; and
          5. e.
            Include an automatic dimmer that dims the sign at dusk or during low-light conditions.
      2. D.
        Requirements.
        1. 1.
          Operating Permit. An annual operating permit is required.
        2. 2.
          Public Nuisance. If the City finds that an electronic message center causes glare or otherwise impairs the vision of the driver of a motor vehicle or otherwise interferes with the operation of a motor vehicle, the owner of the message center, within 12 hours of a request by the City, shall reduce the intensity of the sign to a level acceptable to the City.
      3. E.
        Standards.
        1. 1.
          Lighting. Electronic message centers shall:
          1. a.
            Not exceed 0.3 footcandles above ambient light when measured from a specified distance. This measurement calculates the illumination of the sign and incorporates a scientific formula to ensure consistency of the measurement when applied to electronic message centers of varying sizes and resolutions. The instrument to measure the illuminance of electronic message centers shall be an illuminance meter more commonly referred to as a lux or footcandle meter. The illuminance meter must have the ability to provide a reading up to two decimal places and must be set to read footcandles. The method to calculate the appropriate distance from which the illuminance shall be measured is the square root of the area of the message center times 100.
          2. b.
            Be equipped with a sensor or other device that automatically determines the ambient illumination and is programmed to automatically dim according to ambient light conditions, or that can be adjusted to comply with a maximum illumination of 0.3 footcandle over ambient light conditions.
        2. 2.
          Spacing. Message centers shall have a minimum spacing of:
          1. a.
            50 feet between the message center and the property line of any residential use or district. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest point of the sign to the edge of the residential property line or district or to the property line of an institutional use.
          2. b.
            400 feet between message centers on the same property, with a maximum of no more than two message centers per any street frontage. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest points of the signs.
          3. c.
            25 feet between a message center and an existing building. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest point of the sign or sign element and the nearest point of the existing building.
      4. F.
        Manual Changeable Copy Message Centers. Manual changeable copy signs may be incorporated into signage as follows:
        1. 1.
          Manual changeable copy reader boards are only permitted on monument signs or marquee signs which enclose the message center component on all sides with a finish of brick, stone, stucco, powder coated metal, or the surface of the sign face that extends not less than six inches from the message center in all directions. Gaps between the changeable copy area and the surround are permitted to accommodate locks and hinges for a cover for the changeable copy area, but only to the extent necessary for such locks and hinges to operate.
        2. 2.
          Manual changeable copy message centers, including their frames, shall make up not more than 30 percent of the sign area. The balance of the sign area shall utilize permanently affixed letters or symbols (see Figure 4.7.202C, Manual Changeable Copy Message Boards and Inserts).
        3. 3.
          Lettering of manual changeable copy signs shall be of a single style and shall be of uniform color and size.
      Figure 4.7.202C
      Manual Changeable Copy Message Boards and Inserts
      1. 4.
        Manual changeable copy message centers shall not be internally lit unless:
        1. a.
          They use dark colored opaque inserts with translucent light colored letters, numbers, or symbols (see Figure 4.7.202B, Manual Changeable Copy Message Boards and Inserts);
        2. b.
          Dark colored blank opaque inserts that are the same color as the opaque portions of the letters, numbers, and symbols are used over all areas of the sign where copy is not present; and
        3. c.
          The opaque portion of the letters, numbers, and symbols is the same color as the opaque insert.

      (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018; Ord. No. 2024-02, 01/22/2024) 

      Effective on: 1/22/2024

      Sec. 4.7.203 Illumination of Signs
    95. Generally.
      1. Signs shall be indirectly illuminated or, if directly illuminated, with the exception of neon lighting, the source of illumination shall be shielded, as set out in Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements.
      2. No artificial light, of whatever type or nature, used in conjunction with the lighting of any sign shall be constructed as to direct or reflect any artificial light onto any structure or to constitute a hazard to the safe and efficient operation of vehicles upon a street or highway.
    96. Color. Except for neon lighted signs, illumination shall be in white light only.
    97. Sign Illumination. Signs shall not exceed the illumination levels set out in Table 4.7.203, Maximum Sign Illumination Standards.
    98. Electrical Service. When electrical service is provided to a sign, all such electrical service shall be permanently installed in accordance with the City's adopted electrical code, as amended from time to time, and shall be placed underground. In special circumstances when underground electrical service is impractical, above-ground electrical service may be approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission only upon a favorable recommendation of the Building Official.
    99. Optical Sensor. All signs that are directly illuminated shall include a sensor or other device that automatically determines the ambient illumination and is programmed to automatically dim according to ambient light conditions, or that can be adjusted to comply with the illumination standards set out in Table 4.7.203, Maximum Sign Illumination Standards, below.
    100. Table 4.7.203
      Maximum Sign Illumination Standards
      Type of IlluminationDistance from Sign to SR, GR, and SC Districts
      Less than 200 ft.200 ft. to 500 ft.More than 500 ft.
      Direct, Internal or Backlit90 foot-lamberts150 foot-lamberts250 foot-lamberts
      Indirect or Reflected10 foot-candles25 foot-candles50 foot-candles
      Table 4.7.203
      Maximum Sign Illumination Standards
      Type of IlluminationDistance from Sign to SR, GR, and SC Districts
      Less than 200 ft.200 ft. to 500 ft.More than 500 ft.
      Direct, Internal or Backlit90 foot-lamberts150 foot-lamberts250 foot-lamberts
      Indirect or Reflected10 foot-candles25 foot-candles50 foot-candles
      Table 4.7.203
      Maximum Sign Illumination Standards
      Type of IlluminationDistance from Sign to SR, GR, and SC Districts
      Less than 200 ft.200 ft. to 500 ft.More than 500 ft.
      Direct, Internal or Backlit90 foot-lamberts150 foot-lamberts250 foot-lamberts
      Indirect or Reflected10 foot-candles25 foot-candles50 foot-candles
      Table 4.7.203
      Maximum Sign Illumination Standards
      Type of IlluminationDistance from Sign to SR, GR, and SC Districts
      Less than 200 ft.200 ft. to 500 ft.More than 500 ft.
      Direct, Internal or Backlit90 foot-lamberts150 foot-lamberts250 foot-lamberts
      Indirect or Reflected10 foot-candles25 foot-candles50 foot-candles

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.301 Residential Sign Types
    101. Generally. There are many forms of signs. This Section sets out which forms of attached and freestanding signs are allowed in each residential zoning district and the standards that apply to them. Attached and freestanding signs that are not listed in Table 4.7.301, Residential Sign Types, are prohibited in any of the residential districts set out in the table, unless it is a permissible temporary sign as set out in Table 4.7.401, Temporary Sign Types. Within the extraterritorial jurisdiction, this Section sets out which forms of attached and freestanding signs are allowed for "residential" land uses, as defined in Division 7.1.300, Definitions. Such determination may be made by the Code Official in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 2.2.107, Unlisted or Functionally Similar Uses, or at the Code Official's discretion, may be forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission for a decision as to the definition of land use.
    102. Residential Districts. The standards of Table 4.7.301, Residential Sign Types, apply to the districts that are set out in the table. Within the extraterritorial jurisdiction, the standards of Table 4.7.301, Residential Sign Types, apply to "residential" land uses, as defined in Division 7.1.300, Definitions.
    103. Table 4.7.301
      Residential Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Residential
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGR
      Attached Signs
      Residential Name Plate SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area2 sf. per single-family detached, single-family attached, and duplex unit
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft. from average grade
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached or affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Home Occupation SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area1 sf.
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached to or affixed flat against the front street facing wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredYes, with Limited Use Permit
      Freestanding Signs
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flag; 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size40 sf.
      Maximum Pole Height20 ft.
      Other LimitationsSee Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedProhibited
      Maximum Flag SizeNot applicable
      Maximum Pole HeightNot applicable
      Other LimitationsNot applicable
      Sign Permit RequiredYes
      Subdivision Entrance SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 signs per main entrance to a subdivision; 1 per additional subdivision entrance
      Sign LocationOne sign located on each side of the main entrance within 50 linear feet on property or in an esplanade maintained by the property owners' association
      Maximum Sign Area
      1. Main entrance = 50 sf. each (not including the wall structure or monument structure)
      2. Additional entrances = 30 sf. each
      Minimum Setback10 ft. from street right-of-way; subject to sight distance requirements
      Other Limitations
      1. Located on a sign base constructed of concrete not to exceed 18 in. in height and surrounded by landscaping
      2. Must conform to Fort Bend County lighting standards

      Sign Permit Required

      Yes, subsequent to subdivision plat approval
      Table 4.7.301
      Residential Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Residential
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGR
      Attached Signs
      Residential Name Plate SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area2 sf. per single-family detached, single-family attached, and duplex unit
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft. from average grade
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached or affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Home Occupation SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area1 sf.
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached to or affixed flat against the front street facing wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredYes, with Limited Use Permit
      Freestanding Signs
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flag; 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size40 sf.
      Maximum Pole Height20 ft.
      Other LimitationsSee Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedProhibited
      Maximum Flag SizeNot applicable
      Maximum Pole HeightNot applicable
      Other LimitationsNot applicable
      Sign Permit RequiredYes
      Subdivision Entrance SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 signs per main entrance to a subdivision; 1 per additional subdivision entrance
      Sign LocationOne sign located on each side of the main entrance within 50 linear feet on property or in an esplanade maintained by the property owners' association
      Maximum Sign Area
      1. Main entrance = 50 sf. each (not including the wall structure or monument structure)
      2. Additional entrances = 30 sf. each
      Minimum Setback10 ft. from street right-of-way; subject to sight distance requirements
      Other Limitations
      1. Located on a sign base constructed of concrete not to exceed 18 in. in height and surrounded by landscaping
      2. Must conform to Fort Bend County lighting standards

      Sign Permit Required

      Yes, subsequent to subdivision plat approval
      Table 4.7.301
      Residential Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Residential
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGR
      Attached Signs
      Residential Name Plate SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area2 sf. per single-family detached, single-family attached, and duplex unit
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft. from average grade
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached or affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Home Occupation SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area1 sf.
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached to or affixed flat against the front street facing wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredYes, with Limited Use Permit
      Freestanding Signs
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flag; 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size40 sf.
      Maximum Pole Height20 ft.
      Other LimitationsSee Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedProhibited
      Maximum Flag SizeNot applicable
      Maximum Pole HeightNot applicable
      Other LimitationsNot applicable
      Sign Permit RequiredYes
      Subdivision Entrance SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 signs per main entrance to a subdivision; 1 per additional subdivision entrance
      Sign LocationOne sign located on each side of the main entrance within 50 linear feet on property or in an esplanade maintained by the property owners' association
      Maximum Sign Area
      1. Main entrance = 50 sf. each (not including the wall structure or monument structure)
      2. Additional entrances = 30 sf. each
      Minimum Setback10 ft. from street right-of-way; subject to sight distance requirements
      Other Limitations
      1. Located on a sign base constructed of concrete not to exceed 18 in. in height and surrounded by landscaping
      2. Must conform to Fort Bend County lighting standards

      Sign Permit Required

      Yes, subsequent to subdivision plat approval
      Table 4.7.301
      Residential Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Residential
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGR
      Attached Signs
      Residential Name Plate SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area2 sf. per single-family detached, single-family attached, and duplex unit
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft. from average grade
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached or affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Home Occupation SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per residential unit
      Maximum Sign Area1 sf.
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesMay not be used in combination with any other sign
      Other Limitations

      The sign shall be attached to or affixed flat against the front street facing wall of the dwelling.

      Sign Permit RequiredYes, with Limited Use Permit
      Freestanding Signs
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flag; 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size40 sf.
      Maximum Pole Height20 ft.
      Other LimitationsSee Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedProhibited
      Maximum Flag SizeNot applicable
      Maximum Pole HeightNot applicable
      Other LimitationsNot applicable
      Sign Permit RequiredYes
      Subdivision Entrance SignAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 signs per main entrance to a subdivision; 1 per additional subdivision entrance
      Sign LocationOne sign located on each side of the main entrance within 50 linear feet on property or in an esplanade maintained by the property owners' association
      Maximum Sign Area
      1. Main entrance = 50 sf. each (not including the wall structure or monument structure)
      2. Additional entrances = 30 sf. each
      Minimum Setback10 ft. from street right-of-way; subject to sight distance requirements
      Other Limitations
      1. Located on a sign base constructed of concrete not to exceed 18 in. in height and surrounded by landscaping
      2. Must conform to Fort Bend County lighting standards

      Sign Permit Required

      Yes, subsequent to subdivision plat approval

      Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.302 Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use District Signs
    104. A.
      Generally. This Section sets out which forms of attached and freestanding signs are allowed in each nonresidential, public/institutional, and mixed-use zoning district and the standards that apply to them. Attached and freestanding signs that are not listed in Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign Types, are prohibited in any of the nonresidential, public/institutional, and mixed-use districts set out in the table, unless it is a permissible temporary sign as set out in Table 4.7.401, Temporary Sign Types. Within the extraterritorial jurisdiction, this Section sets out which forms of attached and freestanding signs are allowed for "nonresidential", "public/institutional", and "mixed use" land uses, as defined in Division 7.1.300, Definitions. Such determination may be made by the Code Official in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 2.2.107, Unlisted or Functionally Similar Uses, or at the Code Official's discretion, may be forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission for a decision as to the definition of land use.
    105. B.
      Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Districts and Use Types. The standards of Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign and Use Types, apply to the districts that are set out in the table. Within the extraterritorial jurisdiction, the standards of Table 4.7.302, Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed Use Sign and Use Types, apply to "nonresidential", "public/institutional", and "mixed use" land uses, as defined in Division 7.1.300, Definitions.
    106. Table 4.7.302
      Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign and Use Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Nonresidential (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ InstitutionalRecreational Vehicle
      Zoning Districts (within the City limits)SCGCOTDNBPINMUPIRV
      Attached Signs
      Awning SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear foot of awning/canopy length
      Minimum Clearance8 ft. above grade
      IlluminationNo internal illumination; down lit or indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Fascia Sign or Parapet SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street facing facade; maximum 2
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear ft. of street facing facade width
      Other Limitations

      1. Not allowed if a wall sign is used

      2. May not extend above the fascia or parapet wall

      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall or canopy or awning sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building (if attached to the building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Hanging SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building--1 per building
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.--6 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk
      IlluminationIndirect lighting only--Indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a canopy or awning--May be used only in combination with a canopy or awning
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curb line
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the GC, OT, and DN Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used
      --
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curbline
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the MU and PI Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used in the MU and PI Districts
      Sign Permit RequiredNo--No
      Marquee SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street facing facade--1 per street facing facade--
      Maximum Sign Area--Area of marquee shall not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of wall to which it is attached; area of marquee shall be added to the total area of all allowable signs for the building--50 sf. per side; 100 sf. total--
      Maximum Height--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee, and may extend around three sides of the marquee.--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee or awning--
      Minimum Clearance--8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk--
      Illumination--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--
      Allowances--May be used in lieu of other sign types--May be used in lieu of other sign types--
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Sign may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Signs may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Projecting SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per business--1 per business--1 per business
      Maximum Distance from Building Façade and curb line4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line--6 ft.--4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line
      Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way9 ft. above grade--8 ft. above grade--9 ft. above grade
      Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade
      Maximum Sign Area24 sf.--6 sf.--24 sf.
      IlluminationNone--None--None
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang any public street or alley--May be used only in combination with a wall sign--May be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang a public street or alley
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building permit; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building permit--Yes, plus building permit
      Residential Name Plate SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per residential unit--1 per residential unit----
      Maximum Sign Area--0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit--

      1. 2 sf. per single-family and duplex unit

      2. 0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit

      ----
      Maximum Sign Height--8 ft. from average grade--8 ft. from average grade----
      Illumination--None--None----
      Allowances--May be used only for single- and multi-family dwellings; no other signs allowed--May be used only for single and multiple family dwellings; no other signs allowed----
      Other Limitations--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling----
      Sign Permit Required--No--No----
      Wall SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less.

      Buildings over 60,000 square feet may have sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width or 500 sf., whichever is less7

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 0.5 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 32 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf. whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less
      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used in combination with other signs; cumulative sign area shall not exceed greater of 25 percent of wall area or 1000 sf., inclusive of all allowed sign types
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not project more than 12 in. from the wall or 3 ft. above the wall.
      2. 2.
        For buildings with multiple tenants, portion of the wall for each lease space shall be considered a façade and the frontage of the lease space shall be considered façade width.
      3. 3.
        Wall signs shall maintain a minimum distance of one foot from the lease line of the occupant's portion of the facade.
      4. 4.
        On building frontages located at the corner of a building, which face two separate rights-of-way, or if a business occupies an entire separate structure within a center, additional wall signs are allowed provided there is a minimum of 30 ft. maintained between the nearest edge of any two signs and each sign is mounted on a separate wall facing a separate direction.
      5. 5.
        Additional wall signage not greater than 1 sq. ft. per façade width are allowed on the rear and interior side walls which do not face a residential zoning district or use and are allocated along a driveway intended for public use.
      6. 6.
        Each wall sign may be comprised of multiple individual elements including text and logo combined in a manner that the total sign area is not greater than the maximum allowed sign area.
      7. 7.
        Buildings over 60,000 square feet may only utilize additional sign square footage for primary business, secondary businesses renting space within the structure shall have 2 square feet per linear foot of business frontage.
      8. 8.
        Building frontages facing Jackson Street: there will be an aggregate allowance of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 60 sf., whichever is less.
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan
      Window SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio15 %30%15%30%15%
      IlluminationNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect onlyNone
      Other LimitationsWindow signs are permitted on the ground floor or first floor only
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Signs
      Directional/Information SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedOne per entrance and exit
      Maximum Height3 ft.4 ft.4 ft.3 ft.4 ft.3 ft.
      Maximum Sign Area per Sign3 sf.6 sf.3 sf.8 sf.6 sf.8 sf.3 sf.
      Maximum Cumulative Sign Area9 sf.18 sf.9 sf.24 sf.18 sf.24 sf.9 sf.
      Minimum Setback5 ft. from property line; 3 ft. from any edge of pavement
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus electrical permit for lighted sign
      Directory SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowed AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per property with a multi-tenant building--
      Maximum Height--10 ft.--
      Maximum Sign Area--2 sf. per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.--
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--May be used only in combination with attached signs--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with one pole; maximum of three flags per site
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Pylon SignNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Sign Overlay District 1: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 2: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 3: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Areas Outside of the Sign Overlay Districts: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Menu BoardAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedMaximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft.--8 ft.--8 ft.
      IlluminationDirect Only--Direct Only--Direct Only
      AllowancesOnly allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Monument SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 sign per property1 sign per each 200 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per each 300 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per property
      Maximum Sign Area per Monument36 sf. (see allowances)
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      16 sf.
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      48 sf. (see allowances)36 sf. (see allowances)
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio50 %60 %50%60%50%
      Maximum Sign Height / Width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base/ 9 ft. width
      Minimum Setback / Location10 ft.; located between the front property line and parking setback lines
      Minimum Separation125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      AllowancesAllowed along collector and arterial streets and highways; those for properties with less than 200 ft. of street frontage that are located along local streets shall be no greater than 24 sf.
      Other LimitationsProhibited within 50 ft. of a residential district or use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Off-Premise Sign (Directional)Not AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--
      Maximum Sign Area--6 sf.--8 sf.6 sf.--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--6 ft.4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Per GC setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--Per BP setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer IN setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer MU setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer PI setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--
      Minimum Separation--250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--500 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--

      Applies only to:

      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Applies only to:
      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
      --
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
       
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Swing SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed--1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification
      Maximum Sign Area--4 sf.6 sf.--6 sf.4 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height--5 f.--5 ft.5 ft.
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--10 ft.10 ft.
      Minimum Separation Between Signs--50 ft.--50 ft.50 ft.
      Illumination--Indirect only--Indirect onlyIndirect only
      Allowances--May not be used in combination with any other signMay be used in combination with an attached sign--May be used in combination with an attached sign
      Other Limitations--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangleMay only be used for a business set back from the street right-of-way by a minimum of 20 ft.--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangle
      Sign Permit Required--No--No
      Way-finding SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height6 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.6 sf.
      Minimum Setback1

      TxDOT - within right-of-way

      Others - 10 ft. from right-of-way

      Minimum Separation250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesAs determined by City Commission
      Sign Permit RequiredYes

      Table Notes

      1. Highway and Interstate directional signs and City limit signs are within the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)

      Table 4.7.302
      Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign and Use Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Nonresidential (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ InstitutionalRecreational Vehicle
      Zoning Districts (within the City limits)SCGCOTDNBPINMUPIRV
      Attached Signs
      Awning SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear foot of awning/canopy length
      Minimum Clearance8 ft. above grade
      IlluminationNo internal illumination; down lit or indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Fascia Sign or Parapet SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street facing facade; maximum 2
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear ft. of street facing facade width
      Other Limitations

      1. Not allowed if a wall sign is used

      2. May not extend above the fascia or parapet wall

      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall or canopy or awning sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building (if attached to the building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Hanging SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building--1 per building
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.--6 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk
      IlluminationIndirect lighting only--Indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a canopy or awning--May be used only in combination with a canopy or awning
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curb line
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the GC, OT, and DN Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used
      --
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curbline
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the MU and PI Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used in the MU and PI Districts
      Sign Permit RequiredNo--No
      Marquee SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street facing facade--1 per street facing facade--
      Maximum Sign Area--Area of marquee shall not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of wall to which it is attached; area of marquee shall be added to the total area of all allowable signs for the building--50 sf. per side; 100 sf. total--
      Maximum Height--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee, and may extend around three sides of the marquee.--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee or awning--
      Minimum Clearance--8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk--
      Illumination--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--
      Allowances--May be used in lieu of other sign types--May be used in lieu of other sign types--
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Sign may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Signs may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Projecting SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per business--1 per business--1 per business
      Maximum Distance from Building Façade and curb line4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line--6 ft.--4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line
      Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way9 ft. above grade--8 ft. above grade--9 ft. above grade
      Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade
      Maximum Sign Area24 sf.--6 sf.--24 sf.
      IlluminationNone--None--None
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang any public street or alley--May be used only in combination with a wall sign--May be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang a public street or alley
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building permit; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building permit--Yes, plus building permit
      Residential Name Plate SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per residential unit--1 per residential unit----
      Maximum Sign Area--0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit--

      1. 2 sf. per single-family and duplex unit

      2. 0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit

      ----
      Maximum Sign Height--8 ft. from average grade--8 ft. from average grade----
      Illumination--None--None----
      Allowances--May be used only for single- and multi-family dwellings; no other signs allowed--May be used only for single and multiple family dwellings; no other signs allowed----
      Other Limitations--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling----
      Sign Permit Required--No--No----
      Wall SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less.

      Buildings over 60,000 square feet may have sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width or 500 sf., whichever is less7

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 0.5 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 32 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf. whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less
      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used in combination with other signs; cumulative sign area shall not exceed greater of 25 percent of wall area or 1000 sf., inclusive of all allowed sign types
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not project more than 12 in. from the wall or 3 ft. above the wall.
      2. 2.
        For buildings with multiple tenants, portion of the wall for each lease space shall be considered a façade and the frontage of the lease space shall be considered façade width.
      3. 3.
        Wall signs shall maintain a minimum distance of one foot from the lease line of the occupant's portion of the facade.
      4. 4.
        On building frontages located at the corner of a building, which face two separate rights-of-way, or if a business occupies an entire separate structure within a center, additional wall signs are allowed provided there is a minimum of 30 ft. maintained between the nearest edge of any two signs and each sign is mounted on a separate wall facing a separate direction.
      5. 5.
        Additional wall signage not greater than 1 sq. ft. per façade width are allowed on the rear and interior side walls which do not face a residential zoning district or use and are allocated along a driveway intended for public use.
      6. 6.
        Each wall sign may be comprised of multiple individual elements including text and logo combined in a manner that the total sign area is not greater than the maximum allowed sign area.
      7. 7.
        Buildings over 60,000 square feet may only utilize additional sign square footage for primary business, secondary businesses renting space within the structure shall have 2 square feet per linear foot of business frontage.
      8. 8.
        Building frontages facing Jackson Street: there will be an aggregate allowance of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 60 sf., whichever is less.
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan
      Window SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio15 %30%15%30%15%
      IlluminationNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect onlyNone
      Other LimitationsWindow signs are permitted on the ground floor or first floor only
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Signs
      Directional/Information SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedOne per entrance and exit
      Maximum Height3 ft.4 ft.4 ft.3 ft.4 ft.3 ft.
      Maximum Sign Area per Sign3 sf.6 sf.3 sf.8 sf.6 sf.8 sf.3 sf.
      Maximum Cumulative Sign Area9 sf.18 sf.9 sf.24 sf.18 sf.24 sf.9 sf.
      Minimum Setback5 ft. from property line; 3 ft. from any edge of pavement
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus electrical permit for lighted sign
      Directory SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowed AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per property with a multi-tenant building--
      Maximum Height--10 ft.--
      Maximum Sign Area--2 sf. per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.--
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--May be used only in combination with attached signs--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with one pole; maximum of three flags per site
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Pylon SignNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Sign Overlay District 1: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 2: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 3: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Areas Outside of the Sign Overlay Districts: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Menu BoardAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedMaximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft.--8 ft.--8 ft.
      IlluminationDirect Only--Direct Only--Direct Only
      AllowancesOnly allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Monument SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 sign per property1 sign per each 200 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per each 300 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per property
      Maximum Sign Area per Monument36 sf. (see allowances)
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      16 sf.
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      48 sf. (see allowances)36 sf. (see allowances)
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio50 %60 %50%60%50%
      Maximum Sign Height / Width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base/ 9 ft. width
      Minimum Setback / Location10 ft.; located between the front property line and parking setback lines
      Minimum Separation125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      AllowancesAllowed along collector and arterial streets and highways; those for properties with less than 200 ft. of street frontage that are located along local streets shall be no greater than 24 sf.
      Other LimitationsProhibited within 50 ft. of a residential district or use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Off-Premise Sign (Directional)Not AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--
      Maximum Sign Area--6 sf.--8 sf.6 sf.--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--6 ft.4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Per GC setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--Per BP setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer IN setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer MU setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer PI setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--
      Minimum Separation--250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--500 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--

      Applies only to:

      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Applies only to:
      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
      --
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
       
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Swing SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed--1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification
      Maximum Sign Area--4 sf.6 sf.--6 sf.4 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height--5 f.--5 ft.5 ft.
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--10 ft.10 ft.
      Minimum Separation Between Signs--50 ft.--50 ft.50 ft.
      Illumination--Indirect only--Indirect onlyIndirect only
      Allowances--May not be used in combination with any other signMay be used in combination with an attached sign--May be used in combination with an attached sign
      Other Limitations--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangleMay only be used for a business set back from the street right-of-way by a minimum of 20 ft.--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangle
      Sign Permit Required--No--No
      Way-finding SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height6 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.6 sf.
      Minimum Setback1

      TxDOT - within right-of-way

      Others - 10 ft. from right-of-way

      Minimum Separation250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesAs determined by City Commission
      Sign Permit RequiredYes

      Table Notes

      1. Highway and Interstate directional signs and City limit signs are within the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)

      Table 4.7.302
      Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign and Use Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Nonresidential (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ InstitutionalRecreational Vehicle
      Zoning Districts (within the City limits)SCGCOTDNBPINMUPIRV
      Attached Signs
      Awning SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear foot of awning/canopy length
      Minimum Clearance8 ft. above grade
      IlluminationNo internal illumination; down lit or indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Fascia Sign or Parapet SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street facing facade; maximum 2
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear ft. of street facing facade width
      Other Limitations

      1. Not allowed if a wall sign is used

      2. May not extend above the fascia or parapet wall

      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall or canopy or awning sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building (if attached to the building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Hanging SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building--1 per building
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.--6 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk
      IlluminationIndirect lighting only--Indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a canopy or awning--May be used only in combination with a canopy or awning
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curb line
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the GC, OT, and DN Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used
      --
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curbline
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the MU and PI Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used in the MU and PI Districts
      Sign Permit RequiredNo--No
      Marquee SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street facing facade--1 per street facing facade--
      Maximum Sign Area--Area of marquee shall not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of wall to which it is attached; area of marquee shall be added to the total area of all allowable signs for the building--50 sf. per side; 100 sf. total--
      Maximum Height--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee, and may extend around three sides of the marquee.--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee or awning--
      Minimum Clearance--8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk--
      Illumination--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--
      Allowances--May be used in lieu of other sign types--May be used in lieu of other sign types--
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Sign may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Signs may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Projecting SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per business--1 per business--1 per business
      Maximum Distance from Building Façade and curb line4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line--6 ft.--4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line
      Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way9 ft. above grade--8 ft. above grade--9 ft. above grade
      Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade
      Maximum Sign Area24 sf.--6 sf.--24 sf.
      IlluminationNone--None--None
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang any public street or alley--May be used only in combination with a wall sign--May be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang a public street or alley
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building permit; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building permit--Yes, plus building permit
      Residential Name Plate SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per residential unit--1 per residential unit----
      Maximum Sign Area--0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit--

      1. 2 sf. per single-family and duplex unit

      2. 0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit

      ----
      Maximum Sign Height--8 ft. from average grade--8 ft. from average grade----
      Illumination--None--None----
      Allowances--May be used only for single- and multi-family dwellings; no other signs allowed--May be used only for single and multiple family dwellings; no other signs allowed----
      Other Limitations--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling----
      Sign Permit Required--No--No----
      Wall SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less.

      Buildings over 60,000 square feet may have sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width or 500 sf., whichever is less7

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 0.5 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 32 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf. whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less
      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used in combination with other signs; cumulative sign area shall not exceed greater of 25 percent of wall area or 1000 sf., inclusive of all allowed sign types
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not project more than 12 in. from the wall or 3 ft. above the wall.
      2. 2.
        For buildings with multiple tenants, portion of the wall for each lease space shall be considered a façade and the frontage of the lease space shall be considered façade width.
      3. 3.
        Wall signs shall maintain a minimum distance of one foot from the lease line of the occupant's portion of the facade.
      4. 4.
        On building frontages located at the corner of a building, which face two separate rights-of-way, or if a business occupies an entire separate structure within a center, additional wall signs are allowed provided there is a minimum of 30 ft. maintained between the nearest edge of any two signs and each sign is mounted on a separate wall facing a separate direction.
      5. 5.
        Additional wall signage not greater than 1 sq. ft. per façade width are allowed on the rear and interior side walls which do not face a residential zoning district or use and are allocated along a driveway intended for public use.
      6. 6.
        Each wall sign may be comprised of multiple individual elements including text and logo combined in a manner that the total sign area is not greater than the maximum allowed sign area.
      7. 7.
        Buildings over 60,000 square feet may only utilize additional sign square footage for primary business, secondary businesses renting space within the structure shall have 2 square feet per linear foot of business frontage.
      8. 8.
        Building frontages facing Jackson Street: there will be an aggregate allowance of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 60 sf., whichever is less.
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan
      Window SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio15 %30%15%30%15%
      IlluminationNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect onlyNone
      Other LimitationsWindow signs are permitted on the ground floor or first floor only
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Signs
      Directional/Information SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedOne per entrance and exit
      Maximum Height3 ft.4 ft.4 ft.3 ft.4 ft.3 ft.
      Maximum Sign Area per Sign3 sf.6 sf.3 sf.8 sf.6 sf.8 sf.3 sf.
      Maximum Cumulative Sign Area9 sf.18 sf.9 sf.24 sf.18 sf.24 sf.9 sf.
      Minimum Setback5 ft. from property line; 3 ft. from any edge of pavement
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus electrical permit for lighted sign
      Directory SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowed AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per property with a multi-tenant building--
      Maximum Height--10 ft.--
      Maximum Sign Area--2 sf. per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.--
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--May be used only in combination with attached signs--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with one pole; maximum of three flags per site
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Pylon SignNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Sign Overlay District 1: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 2: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 3: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Areas Outside of the Sign Overlay Districts: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Menu BoardAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedMaximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft.--8 ft.--8 ft.
      IlluminationDirect Only--Direct Only--Direct Only
      AllowancesOnly allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Monument SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 sign per property1 sign per each 200 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per each 300 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per property
      Maximum Sign Area per Monument36 sf. (see allowances)
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      16 sf.
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      48 sf. (see allowances)36 sf. (see allowances)
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio50 %60 %50%60%50%
      Maximum Sign Height / Width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base/ 9 ft. width
      Minimum Setback / Location10 ft.; located between the front property line and parking setback lines
      Minimum Separation125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      AllowancesAllowed along collector and arterial streets and highways; those for properties with less than 200 ft. of street frontage that are located along local streets shall be no greater than 24 sf.
      Other LimitationsProhibited within 50 ft. of a residential district or use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Off-Premise Sign (Directional)Not AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--
      Maximum Sign Area--6 sf.--8 sf.6 sf.--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--6 ft.4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Per GC setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--Per BP setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer IN setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer MU setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer PI setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--
      Minimum Separation--250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--500 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--

      Applies only to:

      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Applies only to:
      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
      --
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
       
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Swing SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed--1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification
      Maximum Sign Area--4 sf.6 sf.--6 sf.4 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height--5 f.--5 ft.5 ft.
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--10 ft.10 ft.
      Minimum Separation Between Signs--50 ft.--50 ft.50 ft.
      Illumination--Indirect only--Indirect onlyIndirect only
      Allowances--May not be used in combination with any other signMay be used in combination with an attached sign--May be used in combination with an attached sign
      Other Limitations--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangleMay only be used for a business set back from the street right-of-way by a minimum of 20 ft.--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangle
      Sign Permit Required--No--No
      Way-finding SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height6 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.6 sf.
      Minimum Setback1

      TxDOT - within right-of-way

      Others - 10 ft. from right-of-way

      Minimum Separation250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesAs determined by City Commission
      Sign Permit RequiredYes

      Table Notes

      1. Highway and Interstate directional signs and City limit signs are within the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)

      Table 4.7.302
      Nonresidential, Public/Institutional, and Mixed-Use Sign and Use Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)Nonresidential (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ InstitutionalRecreational Vehicle
      Zoning Districts (within the City limits)SCGCOTDNBPINMUPIRV
      Attached Signs
      Awning SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear foot of awning/canopy length
      Minimum Clearance8 ft. above grade
      IlluminationNo internal illumination; down lit or indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Fascia Sign or Parapet SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street facing facade; maximum 2
      Maximum Sign Area0.5 sf. per linear ft. of street facing facade width
      Other Limitations

      1. Not allowed if a wall sign is used

      2. May not extend above the fascia or parapet wall

      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall or canopy or awning sign, plus one freestanding sign (excluding temporary signs set out in Division 4.7.400, Temporary Signs)
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building (if attached to the building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Hanging SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per building--1 per building
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.--6 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk
      IlluminationIndirect lighting only--Indirect lighting only
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a canopy or awning--May be used only in combination with a canopy or awning
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curb line
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the GC, OT, and DN Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used
      --
      1. 1.
        Not extend within 2 ft. of the curbline
      2. 2.
        May be suspended under a marquee sign in the MU and PI Districts
      3. 3.
        Not allowed if a projecting sign is used in the MU and PI Districts
      Sign Permit RequiredNo--No
      Marquee SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street facing facade--1 per street facing facade--
      Maximum Sign Area--Area of marquee shall not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of wall to which it is attached; area of marquee shall be added to the total area of all allowable signs for the building--50 sf. per side; 100 sf. total--
      Maximum Height--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee, and may extend around three sides of the marquee.--4 ft., excluding any top ornament supported directly by the marquee or awning--
      Minimum Clearance--8 ft. above the sidewalk--8 ft. above the sidewalk--
      Illumination--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting--
      Allowances--May be used in lieu of other sign types--May be used in lieu of other sign types--
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Sign may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      1. 1.
        May not project more than 6 ft. from the building; may require an encroachment permit
      2. 2.
        Signs may be on up to three sides of a marquee
      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Projecting SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per business--1 per business--1 per business
      Maximum Distance from Building Façade and curb line4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line--6 ft.--4 ft.; 2 ft. from curb line
      Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way9 ft. above grade--8 ft. above grade--9 ft. above grade
      Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade--14 ft. above grade
      Maximum Sign Area24 sf.--6 sf.--24 sf.
      IlluminationNone--None--None
      AllowancesMay be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang any public street or alley--May be used only in combination with a wall sign--May be used only in combination with a wall sign; may not overhang a public street or alley
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building permit; Code Official may require an engineered design plan--Yes, plus building permit--Yes, plus building permit
      Residential Name Plate SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per residential unit--1 per residential unit----
      Maximum Sign Area--0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit--

      1. 2 sf. per single-family and duplex unit

      2. 0.5 sf. per each multi-family unit

      ----
      Maximum Sign Height--8 ft. from average grade--8 ft. from average grade----
      Illumination--None--None----
      Allowances--May be used only for single- and multi-family dwellings; no other signs allowed--May be used only for single and multiple family dwellings; no other signs allowed----
      Other Limitations--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling--The sign shall be affixed flat against the wall of the dwelling----
      Sign Permit Required--No--No----
      Wall SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade1 per facade
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less.

      Buildings over 60,000 square feet may have sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width or 500 sf., whichever is less7

      Aggregate (total) sign area of 0.5 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 32 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf. whichever is lessAggregate (total) sign area of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 200 sf., whichever is less
      IlluminationInternal illumination only if channel letters are used, plus down lighting or indirectly lighted
      AllowancesMay be used in combination with other signs; cumulative sign area shall not exceed greater of 25 percent of wall area or 1000 sf., inclusive of all allowed sign types
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        Not project more than 12 in. from the wall or 3 ft. above the wall.
      2. 2.
        For buildings with multiple tenants, portion of the wall for each lease space shall be considered a façade and the frontage of the lease space shall be considered façade width.
      3. 3.
        Wall signs shall maintain a minimum distance of one foot from the lease line of the occupant's portion of the facade.
      4. 4.
        On building frontages located at the corner of a building, which face two separate rights-of-way, or if a business occupies an entire separate structure within a center, additional wall signs are allowed provided there is a minimum of 30 ft. maintained between the nearest edge of any two signs and each sign is mounted on a separate wall facing a separate direction.
      5. 5.
        Additional wall signage not greater than 1 sq. ft. per façade width are allowed on the rear and interior side walls which do not face a residential zoning district or use and are allocated along a driveway intended for public use.
      6. 6.
        Each wall sign may be comprised of multiple individual elements including text and logo combined in a manner that the total sign area is not greater than the maximum allowed sign area.
      7. 7.
        Buildings over 60,000 square feet may only utilize additional sign square footage for primary business, secondary businesses renting space within the structure shall have 2 square feet per linear foot of business frontage.
      8. 8.
        Building frontages facing Jackson Street: there will be an aggregate allowance of 2 sf. per linear ft. of facade width, or 60 sf., whichever is less.
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs; Code Official may require an engineered design plan
      Window SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio15 %30%15%30%15%
      IlluminationNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect onlyNone
      Other LimitationsWindow signs are permitted on the ground floor or first floor only
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Signs
      Directional/Information SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedOne per entrance and exit
      Maximum Height3 ft.4 ft.4 ft.3 ft.4 ft.3 ft.
      Maximum Sign Area per Sign3 sf.6 sf.3 sf.8 sf.6 sf.8 sf.3 sf.
      Maximum Cumulative Sign Area9 sf.18 sf.9 sf.24 sf.18 sf.24 sf.9 sf.
      Minimum Setback5 ft. from property line; 3 ft. from any edge of pavement
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus electrical permit for lighted sign
      Directory SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowed AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per property with a multi-tenant building--
      Maximum Height--10 ft.--
      Maximum Sign Area--2 sf. per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.--
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--May be used only in combination with attached signs--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Flag (Official) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with 1 pole
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Flag (Unofficial) or FlagpoleAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed2 flags with one pole; maximum of three flags per site
      Maximum Flag Size24 sf. each48 sf. each
      Maximum Pole Height25 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted30 ft.; flags mounted on walls shall not extend more than 10 ft. above the wall from which it is mounted
      Minimum Setback10 ft.
      IlluminationIndirect Only; see Section 4.2.301, General Outdoor Lighting Requirements
      Other LimitationsFlags and flagpoles shall not be mounted or displayed on a building roof; may not encroach property lines or public right-of-way
      Sign Permit RequiredNo
      Freestanding Pylon SignNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Sign Overlay District 1: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 160 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 576 sf.; 144 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 30 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 36 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 18 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 2: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 60 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 96 sf.; 48 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Sign Overlay District 3: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Face Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 72 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 320 sf.; 80 sf. maximum for each tenant

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 16 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 24 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 12 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 16 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft.--125 ft.--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign--
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Areas Outside of the Sign Overlay Districts: Refer to Sec. 4.7.201, Design Standards for Freestanding Signs.
      Number Allowed--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--For each property or development, one sign for each 200 ft. of frontage--

      Maximum Sign Area

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 32 sf.

      Multi-Tenant - 48 sf.

      --

      Maximum Sign Height

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 6 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 6 ft.

      --

      Maximum Sign Width

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --

      --

      Single Tenant - 8 ft.

      Multi-Tenant - 12 ft.

      --
      Minimum Spacing Between Signs--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Other Limitations--

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --

      A freestanding sign may not be located within 50 ft. of another freestanding sign

      --
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Menu BoardAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedMaximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane--Maximum two per drive-through lane
      Maximum Sign AreaAggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.--Aggregate (total) sign area of 56 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height8 ft.--8 ft.--8 ft.
      IlluminationDirect Only--Direct Only--Direct Only
      AllowancesOnly allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use--Only allowed for drive-in or drive-through uses, as permitted in Article 2.2, Land Use
      Other Limitations
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      --
      1. 1.
        See Section 2.2.203, Commercial Limited and Conditional Use Standards. Menu boards shall be reviewed and permitted by the Building Official
      2. 2.
        Cannot face or be within 50 ft. a residential use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Monument SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 sign per property1 sign per each 200 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per each 300 ft. of street frontage1 sign per property1 sign per property
      Maximum Sign Area per Monument36 sf. (see allowances)
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      16 sf.
      1. 1.
        < 200 ft. of street frontage = 36 sf. (see allowances)
      2. 2.
        > 200 ft. of street frontage = 48 sf.
      48 sf. (see allowances)36 sf. (see allowances)
      Maximum Signable Area Ratio50 %60 %50%60%50%
      Maximum Sign Height / Width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 9 ft. width6 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base / 12 ft. width4 ft. height including 18 in. concrete sign base/ 9 ft. width
      Minimum Setback / Location10 ft.; located between the front property line and parking setback lines
      Minimum Separation125 ft. apart; provided each property is allowed at least one sign
      IlluminationDirect or Indirect
      AllowancesAllowed along collector and arterial streets and highways; those for properties with less than 200 ft. of street frontage that are located along local streets shall be no greater than 24 sf.
      Other LimitationsProhibited within 50 ft. of a residential district or use
      Sign Permit RequiredYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
      Off-Premise Sign (Directional)Not AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--1 per development meeting the requirements of "allowances" below--
      Maximum Sign Area--6 sf.--8 sf.6 sf.--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--6 ft.4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Per GC setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--Per BP setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer IN setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer MU setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use SetbacksPer PI setbacks set out in Table 3.1.201B, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Setbacks--
      Minimum Separation--250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--500 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs--
      Illumination--Direct or Indirect--Direct or Indirect--
      Allowances--

      Applies only to:

      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Applies only to:
      1. 1.
        Retail uses > 75,000 sf.
      2. 2.
        Hotels or motels
      3. 3.
        Minimum 5 ac. development
      4. 4.
        Parcel without direct access to an arterial street or highway
      --
      Other Limitations--
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
      --
      1. 1.
        Must be within 600 ft. of business to which the sign relates
      2. 2.
        Located along an arterial street or highway
      3. 3.
        May not encroach property lines or rights-of-way
      4. 4.
        Directional signage only
       
      Sign Permit Required--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs--
      Swing SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed--1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage1 per lot; on the street of the highest functional classification
      Maximum Sign Area--4 sf.6 sf.--6 sf.4 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height--5 f.--5 ft.5 ft.
      Minimum Setback--10 ft.--10 ft.10 ft.
      Minimum Separation Between Signs--50 ft.--50 ft.50 ft.
      Illumination--Indirect only--Indirect onlyIndirect only
      Allowances--May not be used in combination with any other signMay be used in combination with an attached sign--May be used in combination with an attached sign
      Other Limitations--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangleMay only be used for a business set back from the street right-of-way by a minimum of 20 ft.--Must be located outside of a sight distance triangle
      Sign Permit Required--No--No
      Way-finding SignNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.12 sf.6 sf.
      Maximum Sign Height6 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.6 sf.
      Minimum Setback1

      TxDOT - within right-of-way

      Others - 10 ft. from right-of-way

      Minimum Separation250 ft. from off-premise signs; 25 ft. from on-premise signs
      IlluminationNone
      AllowancesAs determined by City Commission
      Sign Permit RequiredYes

      Table Notes

      1. Highway and Interstate directional signs and City limit signs are within the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)

      1. C.
        Off-Premises Signage.
        1. 1.
          Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to set out the provisions of state and federal law pertaining to both on- and off-premise advertising signs along the state's primary highways, as well as to establish the regulation of the City for these signs within the City limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ).
        2. 2.
          Application. Outdoor advertising signs along the state's primary highways are regulated by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), which includes signs:
          1. a.
            Outside of the corporate limits of the City and more than 660 feet from the nearest edge of the right-of-way of U.S. 59 (future I-69) or U.S. 90-A (defined as regulated highways) if any part of the sign's advertising or information content is visible from the main-traveled way of the highway and the sign was erected for the purpose of having its advertising or information content seen from the main-traveled way of the highway.
          2. b.
            Inside the corporate limits of the City and within 660 feet of the nearest edge of the right-of-way of U.S. 59 (future I-69) or U.S. 90-A (defined as regulated highways) if any part of the sign's advertising or information content is visible from any place on the main-traveled way of the highway; or
        3. 3.
          Local Control. The Texas Department of Transportation may authorize the City to exercise control over outdoor signs in its jurisdiction provided the City receives approval under Title 43, Transportation; Part 1, Texas Department of Transportation; Chapter 21, Right-of-Way; Subchapter I, Regulation of Signs Along Interstate and Primary Highways; Division 1, Signs; Rule §21.200 Local Control. Upon approval, the City would be listed as a "certified city" and a permit issued by the City is acceptable instead of a permit issued by TxDOT within the approved area.
        4. 4.
          Zoning. TxDOT will not issue a permit unless the sign for which application is made is located along a roadway to which Transportation Code, Chapter 391, applies and is in:
          1. a.
            An unzoned commercial or industrial area in the extraterritorial jurisdiction, as further described in Subsection 5., below; or
          2. b.
            A zoned commercial or industrial area, which is an area that is designated, through a comprehensive zoning action, for general commercial or industrial use by the City who has the legal authority to zone. An area is not a zoned commercial or industrial area if it is:
            1. 1.
              An area in which limited commercial or industrial activities incident to other primary land uses is allowed;
            2. 2.
              An area that is designated for and created primarily to allow outdoor advertising structures along a regulated highway;
            3. 3.
              An unrestricted area; or
            4. 4.
              A small parcel or narrow strip of land that cannot be put to ordinary commercial or industrial use and that is designated for a use classification that is different from and less restrictive than its surrounding area.
        1. 5.
          Land Use.
          1. a.
            For the purposes of this Subsection, a commercial or industrial activity is an activity that:
            1. 1.
              Is customarily allowed only in a zoned commercial or industrial area; and
            2. 2.
              Is conducted in a permanent building or structure permanently affixed to the real property that:
              1. a.
                Has an indoor restroom, running water, functioning electrical connections, and permanent flooring, other than dirt, gravel, or sand;
              2. b.
                Is visible from the traffic lanes of the main-traveled way;
              3. c.
                Is not primarily used as a residence; and
              4. d.
                Has at least 400 square feet of its interior floor space devoted to the activity.
          2. b.
            The following are not commercial or industrial activities:
            1. 1.
              Agricultural, forestry, ranching, grazing, farming, and related activities, including the operation of a temporary wayside fresh produce stand;
            2. 2.
              An activity that is conducted only seasonally;
            3. 3.
              An activity that has not been conducted at its present location for at least 180 days;
            4. 4.
              An activity that is not conducted by at least one person at the activity site, and that is not operated for at least 30 hours per week and on at least four days per week;
            5. 5.
              The operation or maintenance of:
              1. a.
                An outdoor advertising structure;
              2. b.
                A recreational facility, such as a campground, golf course, tennis court, wild animal park, or zoo, other than the related activities conducted in a building or structure and the parking facilities for that building or structure;
              3. c.
                An apartment house or residential condominium;
              4. d.
                A public or private preschool, secondary school, college, or university, other than a trade school or corporate training campus;
              5. e.
                A quarry or borrow pit, other than the related activities conducted in a building or structure and the parking facilities for that building or structure;
              6. f.
                A cemetery; or
              7. g.
                A place that is primarily used for worship;
            6. 6.
              An activity that is conducted on a railroad right of way; and
            7. 7.
              An activity that is created primarily or exclusively to qualify an area as an unzoned commercial or industrial area.
        2. 6.
          Electronic Signs. An electronic sign may be located, relocated, or upgraded only along a regulated highway and only where the City allows electronic signs under this Code, both within the corporate limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction.
        3. 7.
          Changes, Additions, Relocation, and Reconfigurations Prohibited.  The following are examples of changes to off-premise signs that are specifically prohibited by this Article and for which a sign permit may not be issued:
          1. a.
            Erecting or placing a new sign or sign structure;
          2. b.
            Adding lights to a non-illuminated sign or adding more intense lighting to an illuminated sign whether or not the lights are attached to the sign structure; 
          3. c.
            Adding permanent bracing wires, guy wires, or other reinforcing devices;
          4. d.
            Changing the material used in the construction of the sign structure, such as replacing wooden material with metal material;
          5. e.
            Adding faces to a sign or changing the sign configuration;
          6. f.
            Changing the height of the sign;
          7. g.
            Changing the configuration of the sign structure, such as changing a "V-shaped" sign to a stacked or back-to-back sign, or a single face sign to a back-to-back sign; or 
          8. h.
            Moving the sign structure or sign face in any way.

      (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018; Ord. No. 2018-11, 08/20/2018; Ord. No. 2024-02, 01/22/2024) 

      Effective on: 1/22/2024

      Sec. 4.7.401 Standards for Temporary Signs by Type
    107. Findings. The City Commission finds that:
      1. There is a need and warrant for the display of signage on a one-time, limited duration, and/or intermittent basis to aid businesses and other public or private entities in communicating a commercial message to their customers, patrons, clients, or to the general public;
      2. The regulation of temporary signage is a substantial governmental interest as means for preserving the quality and integrity of the visual environs in a manner that reflects positively on the community and its attractiveness as a place to visit and live; and
      3. It is reasonable to regulate the number, size, height, location, and duration of signs that are placed on property on a temporary basis so as not to devalue or to lessen the impact or importance of permanent signage.
    108. Generally. This Section sets out which temporary signs are allowed in each zoning district, and the size, height, placement, and timing standards that apply to them. Sign types that are not listed in Table 4.7.401, Temporary Sign Types, are not permitted as temporary signs. Within the extraterritorial jurisdiction, this Section sets out which temporary signs are allowed for "residential", "nonresidential", "public/institutional", and "mixed use" land uses, as defined in Division 7.1.300, Definitions, as set out in Table 4.7.401, Temporary Sign Types. Such determination may be made by the Code Official in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 2.2.107, Unlisted or Functionally Similar Uses, or at the Code Official's discretion, may be forwarded to the Planning and Zoning Commission for a decision as to the definition of land use.
    109. Attention-Getting Devices. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 4.7.103, Prohibited Signs, Locations in Right-of-Way, Design Elements, and Content; Exempted Signs, certain devices such as banners, advertising sails, flags, pennants, streamers, and other attention-getting devices and community information signs or devices not otherwise allowed, may be allowed on a limited basis, in number and time, for special or unique events such as grand openings, special civic events, new businesses, and other similar events, subject to the following standards:
      1. An operating permit and plan is required;
      2. Such device may not be displayed for more than 14 days;
      3. The number of items and devices shall be determined by the scope of the event and the size of the premises on which devices may be safely placed;
      4. Off-premise advertising may be allowed for non-profit civic events; and
      5. The City banner fixture at Crawford Park is exempt and may display banners only.
    110. Enforcement.
      1. Temporary signs that are installed improperly or illegally will be removed by the City and the violators will be notified of such violation. If it is determined that the sign cannot be easily removed, the Code Official, or a designee, will notify the offender of their temporary sign violation. Offenders will have two business days to remove the sign. If the sign is not removed within this time period they are subject to a fine.
      2. Temporary signs that have been properly permitted by the City will be issued a “sticker,” which shall be placed by the applicant on the temporary sign on the same day the sticker is issued. This sticker will identify the date of the sign permit and the date the temporary sign permit expires.
        1. If a temporary sign is installed without a “sticker,” the sign is subject to removal by the City and the violators will be notified of such violation.
        2. If a temporary sign is in place after the date of expiration, as denoted on the sticker, the sign is subject to removal by the City and the violators will be notified of such violation.
        3. Violators will be notified of such violations and will be subject to the enforcement procedures and penalties of this Code. Repeat violators will be submitted to the City Attorney for additional remedies.
    111. Setbacks. All temporary signs shall be set back at least five feet from all property lines. Temporary signs not visible from a public right-of-way or abutting property are not restricted by this Section.
    112. Table 4.7.401
      Temporary Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)ResidentialNonresidential  (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ Institutional
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGRSCGCOTDNBPINRVMUPI
      Attached Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall
      LocationOn principal building where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AMinimum 25 ft. apartN/AMinimum 25 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signMay be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional sign
      Other LimitationsSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvementSign may be attached or affixed to another permanent improvement with approved of Code OfficialSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvement
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Freestanding Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height4 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.4 ft.8 ft.
      LocationOn lot or parcel where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional signMay be used only in combination with an attached promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional sign
      Other Limitations
      1. Shall be mounted to a rigid, durable frame with sign securely fastened to each side
      2. Shall be securely and independently anchored to the ground to prevent sign from displacement due to inclement weather
      Restrictions

      Shall not block, restrict, or impair the following:

      1. The public's view of another business or activity
      2. The public's view of the signage for another business or activity
      3. The view or visibility of the operator of any motor vehicle
      4. The movement of any pedestrian or motor vehicle
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Promotional Sign for Non-Commercial Activity or EventAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs; may be attached or freestanding
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      LocationOn any permanently occupied and improved lot or parcel, of the principal building of such lot or parcel, whether or not the promoted use, activity, or event is to occur on such lot or parcel
      Minimum SeparationSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Duration for Individual Activity or EventPlaced not more than 29 calendar days before a promoted non-commercial activity or event and removed within 24 hours after the activity or event, for a total duration of 30 days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per YearSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be combined with any other temporary sign
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed on any lot or parcel concurrently with another temporary sign
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Business Establishment SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Maximum Sign Area32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way
      Maximum HeightSecurely and fully attached to the ground or up to a height of
      25 ft. of the first floor or in a window of the principal building
      LocationN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facadesN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facades
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      DurationPlaced not more than 90 calendar days before the first day or business after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy and upon which the business is staffed and fully operational, and removed within 30 calendar days or upon placement or erection of a permanent sign
      Number of Calendar Days per YearNot exceeding 120 calendar days in any two consecutive calendar years,
      unless the business has transferred ownership
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; a one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shownA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Interim SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as the permanent signs that are allowed by Division 4.7.300, Permanent Signs,
      within the district in which the lot or parcel and its principal building are allowed
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      Location
      Duration / Number of Calendar Days per Year90 days
      AllowancesA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Portable A-Frame SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage--
      Maximum Sign Area--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--
      Location--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lot--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lotSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Duration--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weather--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weatherSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Illumination--None--None--
      Allowances--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entrance--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entranceSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Other Limitations--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issued--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issuedSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Restrictions--

      Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.

      --Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.Same as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Construction Permit Required--Same as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs--Same as Attached/ Freestanding Promotional SignsSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Portable Carried SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per business--1 per business--
      Maximum Sign Area--12 sf.--12 sf.--
      Duration--60 days in one calendar year--60 days in one calendar year--
      Other Limitations--

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --
      Construction Permit Required--No--No--
      Portable Election SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area4 sf.9 sf.
      Permitted Duration60 days; removed within 7 days following election
      Other Limitations

      Not allowed on any property:

      1. Located within public right-of-way, or that which is owned by the state, county or City, or any other political subdivision of the state
      2. Without the permission of the property owner
      3. Which may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Portable Real Estate Sign or Subdivision, Builder or Model Home SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street frontage; on a lot on which a model home is located; on a lot, tract, or reserve that is not intended for sale and the maintenance of which is the responsibility of the builder, developer, or homeowners' association
      Maximum Sign Area12 sf.32 sf.
      Minimum Sign SpacingOne sign per 300 ft. of local street frontage, excluding signs on model home lots
      Maximum Sign Height4 ft.8 ft.
      DurationRemoved 30 days after closing of sale, rental, or lease
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed in the public right-of-way
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Table 4.7.401
      Temporary Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)ResidentialNonresidential  (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ Institutional
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGRSCGCOTDNBPINRVMUPI
      Attached Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall
      LocationOn principal building where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AMinimum 25 ft. apartN/AMinimum 25 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signMay be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional sign
      Other LimitationsSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvementSign may be attached or affixed to another permanent improvement with approved of Code OfficialSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvement
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Freestanding Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height4 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.4 ft.8 ft.
      LocationOn lot or parcel where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional signMay be used only in combination with an attached promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional sign
      Other Limitations
      1. Shall be mounted to a rigid, durable frame with sign securely fastened to each side
      2. Shall be securely and independently anchored to the ground to prevent sign from displacement due to inclement weather
      Restrictions

      Shall not block, restrict, or impair the following:

      1. The public's view of another business or activity
      2. The public's view of the signage for another business or activity
      3. The view or visibility of the operator of any motor vehicle
      4. The movement of any pedestrian or motor vehicle
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Promotional Sign for Non-Commercial Activity or EventAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs; may be attached or freestanding
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      LocationOn any permanently occupied and improved lot or parcel, of the principal building of such lot or parcel, whether or not the promoted use, activity, or event is to occur on such lot or parcel
      Minimum SeparationSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Duration for Individual Activity or EventPlaced not more than 29 calendar days before a promoted non-commercial activity or event and removed within 24 hours after the activity or event, for a total duration of 30 days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per YearSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be combined with any other temporary sign
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed on any lot or parcel concurrently with another temporary sign
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Business Establishment SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Maximum Sign Area32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way
      Maximum HeightSecurely and fully attached to the ground or up to a height of
      25 ft. of the first floor or in a window of the principal building
      LocationN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facadesN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facades
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      DurationPlaced not more than 90 calendar days before the first day or business after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy and upon which the business is staffed and fully operational, and removed within 30 calendar days or upon placement or erection of a permanent sign
      Number of Calendar Days per YearNot exceeding 120 calendar days in any two consecutive calendar years,
      unless the business has transferred ownership
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; a one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shownA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Interim SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as the permanent signs that are allowed by Division 4.7.300, Permanent Signs,
      within the district in which the lot or parcel and its principal building are allowed
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      Location
      Duration / Number of Calendar Days per Year90 days
      AllowancesA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Portable A-Frame SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage--
      Maximum Sign Area--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--
      Location--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lot--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lotSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Duration--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weather--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weatherSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Illumination--None--None--
      Allowances--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entrance--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entranceSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Other Limitations--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issued--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issuedSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Restrictions--

      Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.

      --Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.Same as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Construction Permit Required--Same as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs--Same as Attached/ Freestanding Promotional SignsSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Portable Carried SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per business--1 per business--
      Maximum Sign Area--12 sf.--12 sf.--
      Duration--60 days in one calendar year--60 days in one calendar year--
      Other Limitations--

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --
      Construction Permit Required--No--No--
      Portable Election SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area4 sf.9 sf.
      Permitted Duration60 days; removed within 7 days following election
      Other Limitations

      Not allowed on any property:

      1. Located within public right-of-way, or that which is owned by the state, county or City, or any other political subdivision of the state
      2. Without the permission of the property owner
      3. Which may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Portable Real Estate Sign or Subdivision, Builder or Model Home SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street frontage; on a lot on which a model home is located; on a lot, tract, or reserve that is not intended for sale and the maintenance of which is the responsibility of the builder, developer, or homeowners' association
      Maximum Sign Area12 sf.32 sf.
      Minimum Sign SpacingOne sign per 300 ft. of local street frontage, excluding signs on model home lots
      Maximum Sign Height4 ft.8 ft.
      DurationRemoved 30 days after closing of sale, rental, or lease
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed in the public right-of-way
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Table 4.7.401
      Temporary Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)ResidentialNonresidential  (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ Institutional
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGRSCGCOTDNBPINRVMUPI
      Attached Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall
      LocationOn principal building where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AMinimum 25 ft. apartN/AMinimum 25 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signMay be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional sign
      Other LimitationsSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvementSign may be attached or affixed to another permanent improvement with approved of Code OfficialSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvement
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Freestanding Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height4 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.4 ft.8 ft.
      LocationOn lot or parcel where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional signMay be used only in combination with an attached promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional sign
      Other Limitations
      1. Shall be mounted to a rigid, durable frame with sign securely fastened to each side
      2. Shall be securely and independently anchored to the ground to prevent sign from displacement due to inclement weather
      Restrictions

      Shall not block, restrict, or impair the following:

      1. The public's view of another business or activity
      2. The public's view of the signage for another business or activity
      3. The view or visibility of the operator of any motor vehicle
      4. The movement of any pedestrian or motor vehicle
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Promotional Sign for Non-Commercial Activity or EventAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs; may be attached or freestanding
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      LocationOn any permanently occupied and improved lot or parcel, of the principal building of such lot or parcel, whether or not the promoted use, activity, or event is to occur on such lot or parcel
      Minimum SeparationSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Duration for Individual Activity or EventPlaced not more than 29 calendar days before a promoted non-commercial activity or event and removed within 24 hours after the activity or event, for a total duration of 30 days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per YearSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be combined with any other temporary sign
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed on any lot or parcel concurrently with another temporary sign
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Business Establishment SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Maximum Sign Area32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way
      Maximum HeightSecurely and fully attached to the ground or up to a height of
      25 ft. of the first floor or in a window of the principal building
      LocationN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facadesN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facades
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      DurationPlaced not more than 90 calendar days before the first day or business after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy and upon which the business is staffed and fully operational, and removed within 30 calendar days or upon placement or erection of a permanent sign
      Number of Calendar Days per YearNot exceeding 120 calendar days in any two consecutive calendar years,
      unless the business has transferred ownership
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; a one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shownA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Interim SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as the permanent signs that are allowed by Division 4.7.300, Permanent Signs,
      within the district in which the lot or parcel and its principal building are allowed
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      Location
      Duration / Number of Calendar Days per Year90 days
      AllowancesA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Portable A-Frame SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage--
      Maximum Sign Area--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--
      Location--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lot--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lotSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Duration--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weather--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weatherSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Illumination--None--None--
      Allowances--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entrance--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entranceSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Other Limitations--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issued--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issuedSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Restrictions--

      Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.

      --Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.Same as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Construction Permit Required--Same as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs--Same as Attached/ Freestanding Promotional SignsSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Portable Carried SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per business--1 per business--
      Maximum Sign Area--12 sf.--12 sf.--
      Duration--60 days in one calendar year--60 days in one calendar year--
      Other Limitations--

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --
      Construction Permit Required--No--No--
      Portable Election SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area4 sf.9 sf.
      Permitted Duration60 days; removed within 7 days following election
      Other Limitations

      Not allowed on any property:

      1. Located within public right-of-way, or that which is owned by the state, county or City, or any other political subdivision of the state
      2. Without the permission of the property owner
      3. Which may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Portable Real Estate Sign or Subdivision, Builder or Model Home SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street frontage; on a lot on which a model home is located; on a lot, tract, or reserve that is not intended for sale and the maintenance of which is the responsibility of the builder, developer, or homeowners' association
      Maximum Sign Area12 sf.32 sf.
      Minimum Sign SpacingOne sign per 300 ft. of local street frontage, excluding signs on model home lots
      Maximum Sign Height4 ft.8 ft.
      DurationRemoved 30 days after closing of sale, rental, or lease
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed in the public right-of-way
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Table 4.7.401
      Temporary Sign Types
      Land Use (within the extraterritorial jurisdiction)ResidentialNonresidential  (refer to the GC District when there are standards for more than one nonresidential district)Mixed UsePublic/ Institutional
      Zoning District (within the City limits)SRGRSCGCOTDNBPINRVMUPI
      Attached Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall8 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall12 ft. above average grade; not exceeding eave line or parapet wall
      LocationOn principal building where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AMinimum 25 ft. apartN/AMinimum 25 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signMay be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with a freestanding promotional sign
      Other LimitationsSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvementSign may be attached or affixed to another permanent improvement with approved of Code OfficialSign shall not be attached or affixed to any other permanent improvement
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Freestanding Promotional SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      1 per property

      1 per street frontage for a single tenant building;

      1 per business in a multi-tenant building; subject to separation requirements

      Maximum Sign Area6 sf.12 sf.8 sf.12 sf.6 sf.8 sf.
      Maximum Height4 ft.8 ft.6 ft.8 ft.4 ft.8 ft.
      LocationOn lot or parcel where promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      Duration for Individual Activity or Event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event10 calendar days per activity or event15 calendar days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per Year45 calendar days90 calendar days45 calendar days90 calendar days
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional signMay be used only in combination with an attached promotional signOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be used only in combination with an attached promotional sign
      Other Limitations
      1. Shall be mounted to a rigid, durable frame with sign securely fastened to each side
      2. Shall be securely and independently anchored to the ground to prevent sign from displacement due to inclement weather
      Restrictions

      Shall not block, restrict, or impair the following:

      1. The public's view of another business or activity
      2. The public's view of the signage for another business or activity
      3. The view or visibility of the operator of any motor vehicle
      4. The movement of any pedestrian or motor vehicle
      Construction Permit RequiredNo; start/end date sticker issued
      Promotional Sign for Non-Commercial Activity or EventAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs; may be attached or freestanding
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      LocationOn any permanently occupied and improved lot or parcel, of the principal building of such lot or parcel, whether or not the promoted use, activity, or event is to occur on such lot or parcel
      Minimum SeparationSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Duration for Individual Activity or EventPlaced not more than 29 calendar days before a promoted non-commercial activity or event and removed within 24 hours after the activity or event, for a total duration of 30 days per activity or event
      Number of Calendar Days per YearSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; may not be combined with any other temporary signMay not be combined with any other temporary sign
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed on any lot or parcel concurrently with another temporary sign
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Business Establishment SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Maximum Sign Area32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way64 sf.; may be increased to 100 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way or to 250 sf. if the gross floor area of the building is greater than 75,000 sf.32 sf.; may be increased to 64 sf. if the principal building façade is set back 100 feet from street right-of-way
      Maximum HeightSecurely and fully attached to the ground or up to a height of
      25 ft. of the first floor or in a window of the principal building
      LocationN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facadesN/AWhen more than one business establishment sign is allowed, shall be placed on separate building facades
      Minimum SeparationN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apartN/AIn separate yards adjacent to street frontage; minimum 30 ft. apart
      DurationPlaced not more than 90 calendar days before the first day or business after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy and upon which the business is staffed and fully operational, and removed within 30 calendar days or upon placement or erection of a permanent sign
      Number of Calendar Days per YearNot exceeding 120 calendar days in any two consecutive calendar years,
      unless the business has transferred ownership
      AllowancesOnly for conditionally permitted uses set out in Article 2.2, Land Use; a one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shownA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Interim SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number AllowedSame as the permanent signs that are allowed by Division 4.7.300, Permanent Signs,
      within the district in which the lot or parcel and its principal building are allowed
      Maximum Sign Area
      Maximum Height
      Location
      Duration / Number of Calendar Days per Year90 days
      AllowancesA one-time 30 day extension may be allowed for good cause shown
      Construction Permit RequiredSame as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs
      Portable A-Frame SignNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per street frontage--1 per street frontage--
      Maximum Sign Area--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--8 sf. per side; 16 sf. total--
      Maximum Sign Height--4 ft.--4 ft.--
      Minimum Setback--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--Behind property line; minimum 6 ft. from curb line--
      Location--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lot--Placed on but not permanently anchored to the ground; does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways and not placed in the street or parking lotSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Duration--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weather--Displayed during business hours only; removed during non-business hours and during times of inclement weatherSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Illumination--None--None--
      Allowances--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entrance--Located directly in front of the business to which the sign related and in a location that is nearest the business entranceSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Other Limitations--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issued--No less than 4 ft. of sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use; shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless an encroachment permit is issuedSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Restrictions--

      Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.

      --Shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. The sign frame shall be painted or stained wood or anodized aluminum or metal. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.Same as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Construction Permit Required--Same as Attached / Freestanding Promotional Signs--Same as Attached/ Freestanding Promotional SignsSame as GC, OT, and DN Districts--
      Portable Carried SignNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowedNot Allowed
      Number Allowed--1 per business--1 per business--
      Maximum Sign Area--12 sf.--12 sf.--
      Duration--60 days in one calendar year--60 days in one calendar year--
      Other Limitations--

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --

      Only during hours of business operation; not within the public right-of-way

      --
      Construction Permit Required--No--No--
      Portable Election SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Maximum Sign Area4 sf.9 sf.
      Permitted Duration60 days; removed within 7 days following election
      Other Limitations

      Not allowed on any property:

      1. Located within public right-of-way, or that which is owned by the state, county or City, or any other political subdivision of the state
      2. Without the permission of the property owner
      3. Which may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device
      Construction Permit RequiredNo
      Portable Real Estate Sign or Subdivision, Builder or Model Home SignAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowedAllowed
      Number Allowed1 per street frontage; on a lot on which a model home is located; on a lot, tract, or reserve that is not intended for sale and the maintenance of which is the responsibility of the builder, developer, or homeowners' association
      Maximum Sign Area12 sf.32 sf.
      Minimum Sign SpacingOne sign per 300 ft. of local street frontage, excluding signs on model home lots
      Maximum Sign Height4 ft.8 ft.
      DurationRemoved 30 days after closing of sale, rental, or lease
      Other LimitationsMay not be placed in the public right-of-way
      Construction Permit RequiredNo

      (Ord. No. 2018-02, 07/16/2018)

      Effective on: 7/16/2018

      Sec. 4.7.501 Program Alternative
    113. Generally.
      1. Purpose. The requirements of Article 4.7, Signs, is to ensure that signs meet certain minimum standards that are consistent with the character and quality of development in Richmond, which may be quickly approved and displayed. For some development, alternative standards may contribute to the aesthetic qualities of the development. Approval of a sign design program pursuant to the standards of this Division allows for unified presentation of signage throughout a parcel proposed for development, flexibility to provide for unique environments, and pre-approval of designs and design elements to make subsequent applications for sign permits more efficient. To this end, a sign design program alternative is created.
      2. Approval Criteria. The Planning and Zoning Commission may approve a sign design program if it results in a substantially improved, comprehensive, and unified proposal compared to what is allowed through strict compliance with the sign regulations of this Division. The Code Official shall review all sign types (e.g., attached, window, etc.) for the parcel proposed for development, to determine the degree of compliance with this Division, and shall report to the Planning and Zoning Commission with regard to the degree of deviation from these standards that is sought by the applicant. The degree of deviation sought by the applicant shall be measured against the degree of compliance with the standards of this Division.
      3. Conditions of Approval. The Planning and Zoning Commission may impose reasonable conditions on the sign design program that are not related to the content of the signs or the viewpoints of the sign users, in order to ensure continuing compliance with the standards of this Division and approved sign design programs.
    114. Contents of Sign Design Program. A sign design program shall set out a master plan for signage for an entire parcel proposed for development. For example, shopping center sign design programs shall include all tenants and lots; and office or industrial parks shall include all types of signs for way-finding and tenants or uses within the development. Sign design programs shall set out:
      1. Sign dimensions and approximate locations;
      2. Materials and colors;
      3. Proposed illumination, including illumination levels;
      4. Maximum numbers of items of information per sign face;
      5. A design theme with illustrative examples of each sign type and the proposed general locations of each sign type; and
      6. A demonstration that the sign design program will improve the aesthetics of the development and will not have an adverse impact on the use, enjoyment, or value of property in adjacent or nearby residential districts or uses.
    115. Effect of Approval. Upon approval of a sign design program, issuance of a sign permit shall be based on compliance with the standards set out in the sign program for the parcel proposed for development.
    116. Effective on: 1/1/1901

      Sec. 4.7.502 Criteria
    117. Generally. Signage which is proposed as part of a sign design program may deviate from the standards of this Division in terms of the types and numbers of signs allowed, the maximum sign area, the maximum signable area ratio, and materials and illumination standards (excluding electronic message centers), subject to compliance with a sign design program that is approved according to the criteria set out in this Section.
    118. Prohibited Signs and Sign Elements. Prohibited signs and sign elements are not eligible for inclusion in a sign design program unless specifically indicated in this Section.
    119. Modification of Sign Setbacks. Setbacks for freestanding signs may deviate from the requirements of this Section if it is demonstrated that there is no impact on public safety or utility easements, and all other requirements for approval of a sign design program are met.
    120. Architectural Theme.
      1. All signs shall be architecturally integrated into or complimentary to the design of the building and character of the site, and shall use similar and coordinated design features, materials, and colors. The sign design program shall establish an integrated architectural vocabulary and cohesive theme for the parcel proposed for development.
      2. The design, character, location, and/or materials of all freestanding and attached signs proposed in a sign program shall be demonstrably more attractive than signs otherwise permitted on the parcel proposed for development under the minimum standards of this Subsection.
    121. Lighting. Lighting standards shall not deviate from the standards of this Subsection in locations where the lighting:
      1. Cannot be seen from outside of the parcel proposed for development;
      2. Does not create a sky glow under normal conditions; and
      3. Does not shine into windows of residential units located within the district.
    122. Height Area, Number, and Location of Signs.
      1. The height, area, number, and location of signs permitted through the sign design program shall be determined by the Planning and Zoning Commission based on the following criteria:
        1. The overall size of the parcel proposed for development and the scale of the use or uses located or anticipated to be located there (larger land areas and scales of use tend to favor larger signs and/or more signs);
        2. Relationship between the building setback and sign location (additional signage may be appropriate for buildings with less visibility, particularly where buffering is providing an aesthetic and/or environmental benefit to the City);
        3. Frontage (larger frontages may justify more or larger signs, particularly, if the size of the frontage tends to prevent sign clutter from multiple adjacent parcels);
        4. Access and visibility to the site;
        5. Intended traffic circulation pattern and the need for way-finding;
        6. Hierarchy of signage;
        7. Relationship between the site and adjacent uses;
        8. The desired function of the site (e.g., an urban center or activity center would tend to include signage that is more urban and more dynamic in character than a strip shopping center); and
        9. Consistency with the objectives and design policies of the Comprehensive Master Plan and any applicable sub-area plans.
      2. Additionally, the maximum permitted sign area shall be based on the following formula when evaluated against the above criteria:
        1. The maximum area permitted for attached signage shall range from one percent up to a maximum of six percent of the building façade to which the sign is to be attached.
        2. The maximum total permitted area of all freestanding signs on a parcel proposed for development shall not exceed 10 percent more than the total sign area that would otherwise be permitted by Section 4.7.302, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use District Signs.
    123. Community Character. The signage proposed in a sign design program shall not have an adverse impact on the community character of the district in which the parcel proposed for development is located, or of the City.
    124. Property Values. The signage proposed in a sign design program will not have an adverse impact on the value of property in the immediate vicinity of the parcel proposed for development.
    125. Elimination of Nonconforming Signs. If there are existing signs on-site, they shall be brought into conformance with the standards of the approved sign design program.
    126. Effective on: 1/1/1901